libmikmod-3.3.12/0000755000000000000000000000000014734753426012264 5ustar rootrootlibmikmod-3.3.12/autotools/0000755000000000000000000000000014734753426014315 5ustar rootrootlibmikmod-3.3.12/autotools/compile0000755000000000000000000001635014072725711015667 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh
# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Tom Tromey .
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to or send patches to
# .
nl='
'
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
IFS=" "" $nl"
file_conv=
# func_file_conv build_file lazy
# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
# take place.
func_file_conv ()
{
file=$1
case $file in
/ | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
if test -z "$file_conv"; then
# lazily determine how to convert abs files
case `uname -s` in
MINGW*)
file_conv=mingw
;;
CYGWIN* | MSYS*)
file_conv=cygwin
;;
*)
file_conv=wine
;;
esac
fi
case $file_conv/,$2, in
*,$file_conv,*)
;;
mingw/*)
file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
;;
cygwin/* | msys/*)
file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
wine/*)
file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
# func_cl_dashL linkdir
# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
func_cl_dashL ()
{
func_file_conv "$1"
if test -z "$lib_path"; then
lib_path=$file
else
lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
fi
linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
}
# func_cl_dashl library
# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
func_cl_dashl ()
{
lib=$1
found=no
save_IFS=$IFS
IFS=';'
for dir in $lib_path $LIB
do
IFS=$save_IFS
if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
break
fi
done
IFS=$save_IFS
if test "$found" != yes; then
lib=$lib.lib
fi
}
# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
# Adjust compile command to suit cl
func_cl_wrapper ()
{
# Assume a capable shell
lib_path=
shared=:
linker_opts=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
shift
;;
*)
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
shift
;;
esac
;;
-I)
eat=1
func_file_conv "$2" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-I*)
func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-l)
eat=1
func_cl_dashl "$2"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-l*)
func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-L)
eat=1
func_cl_dashL "$2"
;;
-L*)
func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
;;
-static)
shared=false
;;
-Wl,*)
arg=${1#-Wl,}
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $arg; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
;;
-Xlinker)
eat=1
linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
;;
-*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
func_file_conv "$1"
set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
shift
;;
*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
func_file_conv "$1" mingw
set x "$@" "$file"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
fi
exec "$@" $linker_opts
exit 1
}
eat=
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
arguments, and rename the output as expected.
If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
Report bugs to .
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "compile $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \
icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe )
func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return...
;;
esac
ofile=
cfile=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.obj)
ofile=$2
;;
*)
set x "$@" -o "$2"
shift
;;
esac
;;
*.c)
cfile=$1
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
# If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
# pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
# normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
# '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
# ok.
exec "$@"
fi
# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
# Create the lock directory.
# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
while true; do
if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
break
fi
sleep 1
done
# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
# Run the compile.
"$@"
ret=$?
if test -f "$cofile"; then
test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
fi
rmdir "$lockdir"
exit $ret
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
libmikmod-3.3.12/autotools/depcomp0000755000000000000000000005602014072725711015664 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva .
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to .
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
set_dir_from ()
{
case $1 in
*/*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
*) dir=;;
esac
}
# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
# global variable '$base'.
set_base_from ()
{
base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
}
# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
make_dummy_depfile ()
{
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
}
# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
aix_post_process_depfile ()
{
# If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
# post-process it.
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# $object: dependency.h
# and one to simply output
# dependency.h:
# which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
{ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
} > "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
}
# A tabulation character.
tab=' '
# A newline character.
nl='
'
# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
# These definitions help.
upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
digits=0123456789
alpha=${upper}${lower}
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Avoid interferences from the environment.
gccflag= dashmflag=
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
# This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvc7
fi
if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
# IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
depmode=gcc
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
esac
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
done
"$@"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
# letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
| tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
xlc)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
tcc)
# tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
# FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
# Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
# versions.
# It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
# trailing '\', as in:
#
# foo.o : \
# foo.c \
# foo.h \
#
# It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
# spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
# "Emit spaces for -MD").
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
# We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
# dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
pgcc)
# Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
# Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
# source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
# The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
# pgcc 10.2 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using '\' :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
set_dir_from "$object"
# Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
# that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
set_base_from "$source"
tmpdepfile=$base.d
# For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
# files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
# problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
# the same $tmpdepfile.
lockdir=$base.d-lock
trap "
echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
rmdir '$lockdir'
exit 1
" 1 2 13 15
numtries=100
i=$numtries
while test $i -gt 0; do
# mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
# This process acquired the lock.
"$@" -MD
stat=$?
# Release the lock.
rmdir "$lockdir"
break
else
# If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
# until the winning process is done or we timeout.
while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
sleep 1
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
fi
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
trap - 1 2 13 15
if test $i -le 0; then
echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp2)
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
# two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
# Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
msvc7)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
else
showIncludes=-showIncludes
fi
"$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
# backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file
# name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
# hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only
# works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ {
s//\1/
s/\\/\\\\/g
p
}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
s/ /\\ /g
s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
H
$ {
s/.*/'"$tab"'/
G
p
}' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvc7msys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
# makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
# No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
| tr ' ' "$nl" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E \
| sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
| sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
libmikmod-3.3.12/autotools/ltmain.sh0000644000000000000000000117613314701676710016143 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh
## DO NOT EDIT - This file generated from ./build-aux/ltmain.in
## by inline-source v2014-01-03.01
# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.6
# Provide generalized library-building support services.
# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996
# Copyright (C) 1996-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
#
# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
PROGRAM=libtool
PACKAGE=libtool
VERSION=2.4.6
package_revision=2.4.6
## ------ ##
## Usage. ##
## ------ ##
# Run './libtool --help' for help with using this script from the
# command line.
## ------------------------------- ##
## User overridable command paths. ##
## ------------------------------- ##
# After configure completes, it has a better idea of some of the
# shell tools we need than the defaults used by the functions shared
# with bootstrap, so set those here where they can still be over-
# ridden by the user, but otherwise take precedence.
: ${AUTOCONF="autoconf"}
: ${AUTOMAKE="automake"}
## -------------------------- ##
## Source external libraries. ##
## -------------------------- ##
# Much of our low-level functionality needs to be sourced from external
# libraries, which are installed to $pkgauxdir.
# Set a version string for this script.
scriptversion=2015-01-20.17; # UTC
# General shell script boiler plate, and helper functions.
# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
# Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you distribute
# this file as part of a program or library that is built using GNU Libtool,
# you may include this file under the same distribution terms that you use
# for the rest of that program.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNES FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# Please report bugs or propose patches to gary@gnu.org.
## ------ ##
## Usage. ##
## ------ ##
# Evaluate this file near the top of your script to gain access to
# the functions and variables defined here:
#
# . `echo "$0" | ${SED-sed} 's|[^/]*$||'`/build-aux/funclib.sh
#
# If you need to override any of the default environment variable
# settings, do that before evaluating this file.
## -------------------- ##
## Shell normalisation. ##
## -------------------- ##
# Some shells need a little help to be as Bourne compatible as possible.
# Before doing anything else, make sure all that help has been provided!
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix ;; esac
fi
# NLS nuisances: We save the old values in case they are required later.
_G_user_locale=
_G_safe_locale=
for _G_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
do
eval "if test set = \"\${$_G_var+set}\"; then
save_$_G_var=\$$_G_var
$_G_var=C
export $_G_var
_G_user_locale=\"$_G_var=\\\$save_\$_G_var; \$_G_user_locale\"
_G_safe_locale=\"$_G_var=C; \$_G_safe_locale\"
fi"
done
# CDPATH.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
sp=' '
nl='
'
IFS="$sp $nl"
# There are apparently some retarded systems that use ';' as a PATH separator!
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
(PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
(PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
}
fi
## ------------------------- ##
## Locate command utilities. ##
## ------------------------- ##
# func_executable_p FILE
# ----------------------
# Check that FILE is an executable regular file.
func_executable_p ()
{
test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
}
# func_path_progs PROGS_LIST CHECK_FUNC [PATH]
# --------------------------------------------
# Search for either a program that responds to --version with output
# containing "GNU", or else returned by CHECK_FUNC otherwise, by
# trying all the directories in PATH with each of the elements of
# PROGS_LIST.
#
# CHECK_FUNC should accept the path to a candidate program, and
# set $func_check_prog_result if it truncates its output less than
# $_G_path_prog_max characters.
func_path_progs ()
{
_G_progs_list=$1
_G_check_func=$2
_G_PATH=${3-"$PATH"}
_G_path_prog_max=0
_G_path_prog_found=false
_G_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
for _G_dir in $_G_PATH; do
IFS=$_G_save_IFS
test -z "$_G_dir" && _G_dir=.
for _G_prog_name in $_G_progs_list; do
for _exeext in '' .EXE; do
_G_path_prog=$_G_dir/$_G_prog_name$_exeext
func_executable_p "$_G_path_prog" || continue
case `"$_G_path_prog" --version 2>&1` in
*GNU*) func_path_progs_result=$_G_path_prog _G_path_prog_found=: ;;
*) $_G_check_func $_G_path_prog
func_path_progs_result=$func_check_prog_result
;;
esac
$_G_path_prog_found && break 3
done
done
done
IFS=$_G_save_IFS
test -z "$func_path_progs_result" && {
echo "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2
exit 1
}
}
# We want to be able to use the functions in this file before configure
# has figured out where the best binaries are kept, which means we have
# to search for them ourselves - except when the results are already set
# where we skip the searches.
# Unless the user overrides by setting SED, search the path for either GNU
# sed, or the sed that truncates its output the least.
test -z "$SED" && {
_G_sed_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
for _G_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
_G_sed_script=$_G_sed_script$nl$_G_sed_script
done
echo "$_G_sed_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
_G_sed_script=
func_check_prog_sed ()
{
_G_path_prog=$1
_G_count=0
printf 0123456789 >conftest.in
while :
do
cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
cp conftest.in conftest.nl
echo '' >> conftest.nl
"$_G_path_prog" -f conftest.sed conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break
diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
_G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1`
if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then
# Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog
_G_path_prog_max=$_G_count
fi
# 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break
done
rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out
}
func_path_progs "sed gsed" func_check_prog_sed $PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin
rm -f conftest.sed
SED=$func_path_progs_result
}
# Unless the user overrides by setting GREP, search the path for either GNU
# grep, or the grep that truncates its output the least.
test -z "$GREP" && {
func_check_prog_grep ()
{
_G_path_prog=$1
_G_count=0
_G_path_prog_max=0
printf 0123456789 >conftest.in
while :
do
cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
cp conftest.in conftest.nl
echo 'GREP' >> conftest.nl
"$_G_path_prog" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break
diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
_G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1`
if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then
# Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog
_G_path_prog_max=$_G_count
fi
# 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break
done
rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out
}
func_path_progs "grep ggrep" func_check_prog_grep $PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin
GREP=$func_path_progs_result
}
## ------------------------------- ##
## User overridable command paths. ##
## ------------------------------- ##
# All uppercase variable names are used for environment variables. These
# variables can be overridden by the user before calling a script that
# uses them if a suitable command of that name is not already available
# in the command search PATH.
: ${CP="cp -f"}
: ${ECHO="printf %s\n"}
: ${EGREP="$GREP -E"}
: ${FGREP="$GREP -F"}
: ${LN_S="ln -s"}
: ${MAKE="make"}
: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
: ${MV="mv -f"}
: ${RM="rm -f"}
: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
## -------------------- ##
## Useful sed snippets. ##
## -------------------- ##
sed_dirname='s|/[^/]*$||'
sed_basename='s|^.*/||'
# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
sed_quote_subst='s|\([`"$\\]\)|\\\1|g'
# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
sed_double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
# Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the
# string literally.
sed_make_literal_regex='s|[].[^$\\*\/]|\\&|g'
# Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path
# that contains forward slashes, into one that contains
# (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation.
sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
# Re-'\' parameter expansions in output of sed_double_quote_subst that
# were '\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of '\' preceded a
# '$' in input to sed_double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from
# expansion. Since each input '\' is now two '\'s, look for any number
# of runs of four '\'s followed by two '\'s and then a '$'. '\' that '$'.
_G_bs='\\'
_G_bs2='\\\\'
_G_bs4='\\\\\\\\'
_G_dollar='\$'
sed_double_backslash="\
s/$_G_bs4/&\\
/g
s/^$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/$_G_bs&/
s/\\([^$_G_bs]\\)$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/\\1$_G_bs2$_G_bs$_G_dollar/g
s/\n//g"
## ----------------- ##
## Global variables. ##
## ----------------- ##
# Except for the global variables explicitly listed below, the following
# functions in the '^func_' namespace, and the '^require_' namespace
# variables initialised in the 'Resource management' section, sourcing
# this file will not pollute your global namespace with anything
# else. There's no portable way to scope variables in Bourne shell
# though, so actually running these functions will sometimes place
# results into a variable named after the function, and often use
# temporary variables in the '^_G_' namespace. If you are careful to
# avoid using those namespaces casually in your sourcing script, things
# should continue to work as you expect. And, of course, you can freely
# overwrite any of the functions or variables defined here before
# calling anything to customize them.
EXIT_SUCCESS=0
EXIT_FAILURE=1
EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
# Allow overriding, eg assuming that you follow the convention of
# putting '$debug_cmd' at the start of all your functions, you can get
# bash to show function call trace with:
#
# debug_cmd='eval echo "${FUNCNAME[0]} $*" >&2' bash your-script-name
debug_cmd=${debug_cmd-":"}
exit_cmd=:
# By convention, finish your script with:
#
# exit $exit_status
#
# so that you can set exit_status to non-zero if you want to indicate
# something went wrong during execution without actually bailing out at
# the point of failure.
exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
# function.
progpath=$0
# The name of this program.
progname=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_basename"`
# Make sure we have an absolute progpath for reexecution:
case $progpath in
[\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
*[\\/]*)
progdir=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_dirname"`
progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
progpath=$progdir/$progname
;;
*)
_G_IFS=$IFS
IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
for progdir in $PATH; do
IFS=$_G_IFS
test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
done
IFS=$_G_IFS
test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
progpath=$progdir/$progname
;;
esac
## ----------------- ##
## Standard options. ##
## ----------------- ##
# The following options affect the operation of the functions defined
# below, and should be set appropriately depending on run-time para-
# meters passed on the command line.
opt_dry_run=false
opt_quiet=false
opt_verbose=false
# Categories 'all' and 'none' are always available. Append any others
# you will pass as the first argument to func_warning from your own
# code.
warning_categories=
# By default, display warnings according to 'opt_warning_types'. Set
# 'warning_func' to ':' to elide all warnings, or func_fatal_error to
# treat the next displayed warning as a fatal error.
warning_func=func_warn_and_continue
# Set to 'all' to display all warnings, 'none' to suppress all
# warnings, or a space delimited list of some subset of
# 'warning_categories' to display only the listed warnings.
opt_warning_types=all
## -------------------- ##
## Resource management. ##
## -------------------- ##
# This section contains definitions for functions that each ensure a
# particular resource (a file, or a non-empty configuration variable for
# example) is available, and if appropriate to extract default values
# from pertinent package files. Call them using their associated
# 'require_*' variable to ensure that they are executed, at most, once.
#
# It's entirely deliberate that calling these functions can set
# variables that don't obey the namespace limitations obeyed by the rest
# of this file, in order that that they be as useful as possible to
# callers.
# require_term_colors
# -------------------
# Allow display of bold text on terminals that support it.
require_term_colors=func_require_term_colors
func_require_term_colors ()
{
$debug_cmd
test -t 1 && {
# COLORTERM and USE_ANSI_COLORS environment variables take
# precedence, because most terminfo databases neglect to describe
# whether color sequences are supported.
test -n "${COLORTERM+set}" && : ${USE_ANSI_COLORS="1"}
if test 1 = "$USE_ANSI_COLORS"; then
# Standard ANSI escape sequences
tc_reset='[0m'
tc_bold='[1m'; tc_standout='[7m'
tc_red='[31m'; tc_green='[32m'
tc_blue='[34m'; tc_cyan='[36m'
else
# Otherwise trust the terminfo database after all.
test -n "`tput sgr0 2>/dev/null`" && {
tc_reset=`tput sgr0`
test -n "`tput bold 2>/dev/null`" && tc_bold=`tput bold`
tc_standout=$tc_bold
test -n "`tput smso 2>/dev/null`" && tc_standout=`tput smso`
test -n "`tput setaf 1 2>/dev/null`" && tc_red=`tput setaf 1`
test -n "`tput setaf 2 2>/dev/null`" && tc_green=`tput setaf 2`
test -n "`tput setaf 4 2>/dev/null`" && tc_blue=`tput setaf 4`
test -n "`tput setaf 5 2>/dev/null`" && tc_cyan=`tput setaf 5`
}
fi
}
require_term_colors=:
}
## ----------------- ##
## Function library. ##
## ----------------- ##
# This section contains a variety of useful functions to call in your
# scripts. Take note of the portable wrappers for features provided by
# some modern shells, which will fall back to slower equivalents on
# less featureful shells.
# func_append VAR VALUE
# ---------------------
# Append VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR.
# We should try to minimise forks, especially on Windows where they are
# unreasonably slow, so skip the feature probes when bash or zsh are
# being used:
if test set = "${BASH_VERSION+set}${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
: ${_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP="yes"}
: ${_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS="yes"}
# The += operator was introduced in bash 3.1
case $BASH_VERSION in
[12].* | 3.0 | 3.0*) ;;
*)
: ${_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP="yes"}
;;
esac
fi
# _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP
# Can be empty, in which case the shell is probed, "yes" if += is
# useable or anything else if it does not work.
test -z "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP" \
&& (eval 'x=a; x+=" b"; test "a b" = "$x"') 2>/dev/null \
&& _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP=yes
if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"
then
# This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
eval 'func_append ()
{
$debug_cmd
eval "$1+=\$2"
}'
else
# ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
func_append ()
{
$debug_cmd
eval "$1=\$$1\$2"
}
fi
# func_append_quoted VAR VALUE
# ----------------------------
# Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated
# by a space.
if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"; then
eval 'func_append_quoted ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_quote_for_eval "$2"
eval "$1+=\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result"
}'
else
func_append_quoted ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_quote_for_eval "$2"
eval "$1=\$$1\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result"
}
fi
# func_append_uniq VAR VALUE
# --------------------------
# Append unique VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR, assuming
# entries are delimited by the first character of VALUE. For example:
#
# func_append_uniq options " --another-option option-argument"
#
# will only append to $options if " --another-option option-argument "
# is not already present somewhere in $options already (note spaces at
# each end implied by leading space in second argument).
func_append_uniq ()
{
$debug_cmd
eval _G_current_value='`$ECHO $'$1'`'
_G_delim=`expr "$2" : '\(.\)'`
case $_G_delim$_G_current_value$_G_delim in
*"$2$_G_delim"*) ;;
*) func_append "$@" ;;
esac
}
# func_arith TERM...
# ------------------
# Set func_arith_result to the result of evaluating TERMs.
test -z "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP" \
&& (eval 'test 2 = $(( 1 + 1 ))') 2>/dev/null \
&& _G_HAVE_ARITH_OP=yes
if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP"; then
eval 'func_arith ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
}'
else
func_arith ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_arith_result=`expr "$@"`
}
fi
# func_basename FILE
# ------------------
# Set func_basename_result to FILE with everything up to and including
# the last / stripped.
if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
# If this shell supports suffix pattern removal, then use it to avoid
# forking. Hide the definitions single quotes in case the shell chokes
# on unsupported syntax...
_b='func_basename_result=${1##*/}'
_d='case $1 in
*/*) func_dirname_result=${1%/*}$2 ;;
* ) func_dirname_result=$3 ;;
esac'
else
# ...otherwise fall back to using sed.
_b='func_basename_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_basename"`'
_d='func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_dirname"`
if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X$1"; then
func_dirname_result=$3
else
func_append func_dirname_result "$2"
fi'
fi
eval 'func_basename ()
{
$debug_cmd
'"$_b"'
}'
# func_dirname FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT
# -------------------------------------------
# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
eval 'func_dirname ()
{
$debug_cmd
'"$_d"'
}'
# func_dirname_and_basename FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT
# --------------------------------------------------------
# Perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
# call:
# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty,
# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
# value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
# basename: Compute filename of FILE.
# value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
# For efficiency, we do not delegate to the functions above but instead
# duplicate the functionality here.
eval 'func_dirname_and_basename ()
{
$debug_cmd
'"$_b"'
'"$_d"'
}'
# func_echo ARG...
# ----------------
# Echo program name prefixed message.
func_echo ()
{
$debug_cmd
_G_message=$*
func_echo_IFS=$IFS
IFS=$nl
for _G_line in $_G_message; do
IFS=$func_echo_IFS
$ECHO "$progname: $_G_line"
done
IFS=$func_echo_IFS
}
# func_echo_all ARG...
# --------------------
# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated.
func_echo_all ()
{
$ECHO "$*"
}
# func_echo_infix_1 INFIX ARG...
# ------------------------------
# Echo program name, followed by INFIX on the first line, with any
# additional lines not showing INFIX.
func_echo_infix_1 ()
{
$debug_cmd
$require_term_colors
_G_infix=$1; shift
_G_indent=$_G_infix
_G_prefix="$progname: $_G_infix: "
_G_message=$*
# Strip color escape sequences before counting printable length
for _G_tc in "$tc_reset" "$tc_bold" "$tc_standout" "$tc_red" "$tc_green" "$tc_blue" "$tc_cyan"
do
test -n "$_G_tc" && {
_G_esc_tc=`$ECHO "$_G_tc" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
_G_indent=`$ECHO "$_G_indent" | $SED "s|$_G_esc_tc||g"`
}
done
_G_indent="$progname: "`echo "$_G_indent" | $SED 's|.| |g'`" " ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes
func_echo_infix_1_IFS=$IFS
IFS=$nl
for _G_line in $_G_message; do
IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS
$ECHO "$_G_prefix$tc_bold$_G_line$tc_reset" >&2
_G_prefix=$_G_indent
done
IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS
}
# func_error ARG...
# -----------------
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
func_error ()
{
$debug_cmd
$require_term_colors
func_echo_infix_1 " $tc_standout${tc_red}error$tc_reset" "$*" >&2
}
# func_fatal_error ARG...
# -----------------------
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
func_fatal_error ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_error "$*"
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
}
# func_grep EXPRESSION FILENAME
# -----------------------------
# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
func_grep ()
{
$debug_cmd
$GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
}
# func_len STRING
# ---------------
# Set func_len_result to the length of STRING. STRING may not
# start with a hyphen.
test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \
&& (eval 'x=a/b/c;
test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \
&& _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes
if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
eval 'func_len ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_len_result=${#1}
}'
else
func_len ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
}
fi
# func_mkdir_p DIRECTORY-PATH
# ---------------------------
# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
func_mkdir_p ()
{
$debug_cmd
_G_directory_path=$1
_G_dir_list=
if test -n "$_G_directory_path" && test : != "$opt_dry_run"; then
# Protect directory names starting with '-'
case $_G_directory_path in
-*) _G_directory_path=./$_G_directory_path ;;
esac
# While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
while test ! -d "$_G_directory_path"; do
# ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited
# list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
_G_dir_list=$_G_directory_path:$_G_dir_list
# If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
case $_G_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
# ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
_G_directory_path=`$ECHO "$_G_directory_path" | $SED -e "$sed_dirname"`
done
_G_dir_list=`$ECHO "$_G_dir_list" | $SED 's|:*$||'`
func_mkdir_p_IFS=$IFS; IFS=:
for _G_dir in $_G_dir_list; do
IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS
# mkdir can fail with a 'File exist' error if two processes
# try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't
# stop in that case!
$MKDIR "$_G_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
done
IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS
# Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
test -d "$_G_directory_path" || \
func_fatal_error "Failed to create '$1'"
fi
}
# func_mktempdir [BASENAME]
# -------------------------
# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If
# given, BASENAME is the basename for that directory.
func_mktempdir ()
{
$debug_cmd
_G_template=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}
if test : = "$opt_dry_run"; then
# Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
_G_tmpdir=$_G_template-$$
else
# If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
_G_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "$_G_template-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
if test ! -d "$_G_tmpdir"; then
# Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
_G_tmpdir=$_G_template-${RANDOM-0}$$
func_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
umask 0077
$MKDIR "$_G_tmpdir"
umask $func_mktempdir_umask
fi
# If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
test -d "$_G_tmpdir" || \
func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory '$_G_tmpdir'"
fi
$ECHO "$_G_tmpdir"
}
# func_normal_abspath PATH
# ------------------------
# Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components,
# and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making
# it an absolute path.
func_normal_abspath ()
{
$debug_cmd
# These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash.
_G_pathcar='s|^/\([^/]*\).*$|\1|'
_G_pathcdr='s|^/[^/]*||'
_G_removedotparts=':dotsl
s|/\./|/|g
t dotsl
s|/\.$|/|'
_G_collapseslashes='s|/\{1,\}|/|g'
_G_finalslash='s|/*$|/|'
# Start from root dir and reassemble the path.
func_normal_abspath_result=
func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1
func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=
case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in
"")
# Empty path, that just means $cwd.
func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`"
func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result
return
;;
# The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely
# two leading slashes without using negated character classes;
# we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour.
///*)
# Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing.
;;
//*)
# Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//'
# and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares
# over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found.
func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/
;;
/*)
# Absolute path, do nothing.
;;
*)
# Relative path, prepend $cwd.
func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath
;;
esac
# Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want
# the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure
# there is one (and only one) here.
func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
-e "$_G_removedotparts" -e "$_G_collapseslashes" -e "$_G_finalslash"`
while :; do
# Processed it all yet?
if test / = "$func_normal_abspath_tpath"; then
# If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now.
if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result"; then
func_normal_abspath_result=/
fi
break
fi
func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
-e "$_G_pathcar"`
func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
-e "$_G_pathcdr"`
# Figure out what to do with it
case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in
"")
# Trailing empty path component, ignore it.
;;
..)
# Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result.
func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result"
func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result
;;
*)
# Actual path component, append it.
func_append func_normal_abspath_result "/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent"
;;
esac
done
# Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry.
func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result
}
# func_notquiet ARG...
# --------------------
# Echo program name prefixed message only when not in quiet mode.
func_notquiet ()
{
$debug_cmd
$opt_quiet || func_echo ${1+"$@"}
# A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
# fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
# work around that:
:
}
# func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR
# --------------------------------
# Set func_relative_path_result to the relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR.
func_relative_path ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_relative_path_result=
func_normal_abspath "$1"
func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result
func_normal_abspath "$2"
func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result
# Ascend the tree starting from libdir
while :; do
# check if we have found a prefix of bindir
case $func_relative_path_tbindir in
$func_relative_path_tlibdir)
# found an exact match
func_relative_path_tcancelled=
break
;;
$func_relative_path_tlibdir*)
# found a matching prefix
func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir"
func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result
if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then
func_relative_path_result=.
fi
break
;;
*)
func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir
func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_dirname_result
if test -z "$func_relative_path_tlibdir"; then
# Have to descend all the way to the root!
func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir
break
fi
func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
;;
esac
done
# Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes.
func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result"
func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled"
if test -n "$func_stripname_result"; then
func_append func_relative_path_result "/$func_stripname_result"
fi
# Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return '.' else relative path.
if test -n "$func_relative_path_result"; then
func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result"
func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
fi
test -n "$func_relative_path_result" || func_relative_path_result=.
:
}
# func_quote_for_eval ARG...
# --------------------------
# Aesthetically quote ARGs to be evaled later.
# This function returns two values:
# i) func_quote_for_eval_result
# double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval
# ii) func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
# has all characters that are still active within double
# quotes backslashified.
func_quote_for_eval ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=
func_quote_for_eval_result=
while test 0 -lt $#; do
case $1 in
*[\\\`\"\$]*)
_G_unquoted_arg=`printf '%s\n' "$1" |$SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;;
*)
_G_unquoted_arg=$1 ;;
esac
if test -n "$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"; then
func_append func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result " $_G_unquoted_arg"
else
func_append func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result "$_G_unquoted_arg"
fi
case $_G_unquoted_arg in
# Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
# word splitting, command substitution and variable expansion
# for a subsequent eval.
# Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
# in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
*[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
_G_quoted_arg=\"$_G_unquoted_arg\"
;;
*)
_G_quoted_arg=$_G_unquoted_arg
;;
esac
if test -n "$func_quote_for_eval_result"; then
func_append func_quote_for_eval_result " $_G_quoted_arg"
else
func_append func_quote_for_eval_result "$_G_quoted_arg"
fi
shift
done
}
# func_quote_for_expand ARG
# -------------------------
# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above,
# but do not quote variable references.
func_quote_for_expand ()
{
$debug_cmd
case $1 in
*[\\\`\"]*)
_G_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \
-e "$sed_double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;;
*)
_G_arg=$1 ;;
esac
case $_G_arg in
# Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
# word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval.
# Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
# in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
*[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
_G_arg=\"$_G_arg\"
;;
esac
func_quote_for_expand_result=$_G_arg
}
# func_stripname PREFIX SUFFIX NAME
# ---------------------------------
# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX from NAME, and store in func_stripname_result.
# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
eval 'func_stripname ()
{
$debug_cmd
# pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
# positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary variable first.
func_stripname_result=$3
func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"$1"}
func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"$2"}
}'
else
func_stripname ()
{
$debug_cmd
case $2 in
.*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%\\\\$2\$%%"`;;
*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%$2\$%%"`;;
esac
}
fi
# func_show_eval CMD [FAIL_EXP]
# -----------------------------
# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
# is given, then evaluate it.
func_show_eval ()
{
$debug_cmd
_G_cmd=$1
_G_fail_exp=${2-':'}
func_quote_for_expand "$_G_cmd"
eval "func_notquiet $func_quote_for_expand_result"
$opt_dry_run || {
eval "$_G_cmd"
_G_status=$?
if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then
eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp"
fi
}
}
# func_show_eval_locale CMD [FAIL_EXP]
# ------------------------------------
# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation.
func_show_eval_locale ()
{
$debug_cmd
_G_cmd=$1
_G_fail_exp=${2-':'}
$opt_quiet || {
func_quote_for_expand "$_G_cmd"
eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
}
$opt_dry_run || {
eval "$_G_user_locale
$_G_cmd"
_G_status=$?
eval "$_G_safe_locale"
if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then
eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp"
fi
}
}
# func_tr_sh
# ----------
# Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name.
# Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters
# not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further,
# if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well.
func_tr_sh ()
{
$debug_cmd
case $1 in
[0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*)
func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED -e 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/' -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
;;
* )
func_tr_sh_result=$1
;;
esac
}
# func_verbose ARG...
# -------------------
# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
func_verbose ()
{
$debug_cmd
$opt_verbose && func_echo "$*"
:
}
# func_warn_and_continue ARG...
# -----------------------------
# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
func_warn_and_continue ()
{
$debug_cmd
$require_term_colors
func_echo_infix_1 "${tc_red}warning$tc_reset" "$*" >&2
}
# func_warning CATEGORY ARG...
# ----------------------------
# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. Warning
# messages can be filtered according to CATEGORY, where this function
# elides messages where CATEGORY is not listed in the global variable
# 'opt_warning_types'.
func_warning ()
{
$debug_cmd
# CATEGORY must be in the warning_categories list!
case " $warning_categories " in
*" $1 "*) ;;
*) func_internal_error "invalid warning category '$1'" ;;
esac
_G_category=$1
shift
case " $opt_warning_types " in
*" $_G_category "*) $warning_func ${1+"$@"} ;;
esac
}
# func_sort_ver VER1 VER2
# -----------------------
# 'sort -V' is not generally available.
# Note this deviates from the version comparison in automake
# in that it treats 1.5 < 1.5.0, and treats 1.4.4a < 1.4-p3a
# but this should suffice as we won't be specifying old
# version formats or redundant trailing .0 in bootstrap.conf.
# If we did want full compatibility then we should probably
# use m4_version_compare from autoconf.
func_sort_ver ()
{
$debug_cmd
printf '%s\n%s\n' "$1" "$2" \
| sort -t. -k 1,1n -k 2,2n -k 3,3n -k 4,4n -k 5,5n -k 6,6n -k 7,7n -k 8,8n -k 9,9n
}
# func_lt_ver PREV CURR
# ---------------------
# Return true if PREV and CURR are in the correct order according to
# func_sort_ver, otherwise false. Use it like this:
#
# func_lt_ver "$prev_ver" "$proposed_ver" || func_fatal_error "..."
func_lt_ver ()
{
$debug_cmd
test "x$1" = x`func_sort_ver "$1" "$2" | $SED 1q`
}
# Local variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# End:
#! /bin/sh
# Set a version string for this script.
scriptversion=2014-01-07.03; # UTC
# A portable, pluggable option parser for Bourne shell.
# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2010
# Copyright (C) 2010-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# Please report bugs or propose patches to gary@gnu.org.
## ------ ##
## Usage. ##
## ------ ##
# This file is a library for parsing options in your shell scripts along
# with assorted other useful supporting features that you can make use
# of too.
#
# For the simplest scripts you might need only:
#
# #!/bin/sh
# . relative/path/to/funclib.sh
# . relative/path/to/options-parser
# scriptversion=1.0
# func_options ${1+"$@"}
# eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
# ...rest of your script...
#
# In order for the '--version' option to work, you will need to have a
# suitably formatted comment like the one at the top of this file
# starting with '# Written by ' and ending with '# warranty; '.
#
# For '-h' and '--help' to work, you will also need a one line
# description of your script's purpose in a comment directly above the
# '# Written by ' line, like the one at the top of this file.
#
# The default options also support '--debug', which will turn on shell
# execution tracing (see the comment above debug_cmd below for another
# use), and '--verbose' and the func_verbose function to allow your script
# to display verbose messages only when your user has specified
# '--verbose'.
#
# After sourcing this file, you can plug processing for additional
# options by amending the variables from the 'Configuration' section
# below, and following the instructions in the 'Option parsing'
# section further down.
## -------------- ##
## Configuration. ##
## -------------- ##
# You should override these variables in your script after sourcing this
# file so that they reflect the customisations you have added to the
# option parser.
# The usage line for option parsing errors and the start of '-h' and
# '--help' output messages. You can embed shell variables for delayed
# expansion at the time the message is displayed, but you will need to
# quote other shell meta-characters carefully to prevent them being
# expanded when the contents are evaled.
usage='$progpath [OPTION]...'
# Short help message in response to '-h' and '--help'. Add to this or
# override it after sourcing this library to reflect the full set of
# options your script accepts.
usage_message="\
--debug enable verbose shell tracing
-W, --warnings=CATEGORY
report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all]
-v, --verbose verbosely report processing
--version print version information and exit
-h, --help print short or long help message and exit
"
# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'.
long_help_message="
Warning categories include:
'all' show all warnings
'none' turn off all the warnings
'error' warnings are treated as fatal errors"
# Help message printed before fatal option parsing errors.
fatal_help="Try '\$progname --help' for more information."
## ------------------------- ##
## Hook function management. ##
## ------------------------- ##
# This section contains functions for adding, removing, and running hooks
# to the main code. A hook is just a named list of of function, that can
# be run in order later on.
# func_hookable FUNC_NAME
# -----------------------
# Declare that FUNC_NAME will run hooks added with
# 'func_add_hook FUNC_NAME ...'.
func_hookable ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_append hookable_fns " $1"
}
# func_add_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC
# ---------------------------------
# Request that FUNC_NAME call HOOK_FUNC before it returns. FUNC_NAME must
# first have been declared "hookable" by a call to 'func_hookable'.
func_add_hook ()
{
$debug_cmd
case " $hookable_fns " in
*" $1 "*) ;;
*) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not accept hook functions." ;;
esac
eval func_append ${1}_hooks '" $2"'
}
# func_remove_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC
# ------------------------------------
# Remove HOOK_FUNC from the list of functions called by FUNC_NAME.
func_remove_hook ()
{
$debug_cmd
eval ${1}_hooks='`$ECHO "\$'$1'_hooks" |$SED "s| '$2'||"`'
}
# func_run_hooks FUNC_NAME [ARG]...
# ---------------------------------
# Run all hook functions registered to FUNC_NAME.
# It is assumed that the list of hook functions contains nothing more
# than a whitespace-delimited list of legal shell function names, and
# no effort is wasted trying to catch shell meta-characters or preserve
# whitespace.
func_run_hooks ()
{
$debug_cmd
case " $hookable_fns " in
*" $1 "*) ;;
*) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not support hook funcions.n" ;;
esac
eval _G_hook_fns=\$$1_hooks; shift
for _G_hook in $_G_hook_fns; do
eval $_G_hook '"$@"'
# store returned options list back into positional
# parameters for next 'cmd' execution.
eval _G_hook_result=\$${_G_hook}_result
eval set dummy "$_G_hook_result"; shift
done
func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
func_run_hooks_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
}
## --------------- ##
## Option parsing. ##
## --------------- ##
# In order to add your own option parsing hooks, you must accept the
# full positional parameter list in your hook function, remove any
# options that you action, and then pass back the remaining unprocessed
# options in '_result', escaped suitably for
# 'eval'. Like this:
#
# my_options_prep ()
# {
# $debug_cmd
#
# # Extend the existing usage message.
# usage_message=$usage_message'
# -s, --silent don'\''t print informational messages
# '
#
# func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
# my_options_prep_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
# }
# func_add_hook func_options_prep my_options_prep
#
#
# my_silent_option ()
# {
# $debug_cmd
#
# # Note that for efficiency, we parse as many options as we can
# # recognise in a loop before passing the remainder back to the
# # caller on the first unrecognised argument we encounter.
# while test $# -gt 0; do
# opt=$1; shift
# case $opt in
# --silent|-s) opt_silent=: ;;
# # Separate non-argument short options:
# -s*) func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
# set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
# "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
# shift
# ;;
# *) set dummy "$_G_opt" "$*"; shift; break ;;
# esac
# done
#
# func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
# my_silent_option_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
# }
# func_add_hook func_parse_options my_silent_option
#
#
# my_option_validation ()
# {
# $debug_cmd
#
# $opt_silent && $opt_verbose && func_fatal_help "\
# '--silent' and '--verbose' options are mutually exclusive."
#
# func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
# my_option_validation_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
# }
# func_add_hook func_validate_options my_option_validation
#
# You'll alse need to manually amend $usage_message to reflect the extra
# options you parse. It's preferable to append if you can, so that
# multiple option parsing hooks can be added safely.
# func_options [ARG]...
# ---------------------
# All the functions called inside func_options are hookable. See the
# individual implementations for details.
func_hookable func_options
func_options ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_options_prep ${1+"$@"}
eval func_parse_options \
${func_options_prep_result+"$func_options_prep_result"}
eval func_validate_options \
${func_parse_options_result+"$func_parse_options_result"}
eval func_run_hooks func_options \
${func_validate_options_result+"$func_validate_options_result"}
# save modified positional parameters for caller
func_options_result=$func_run_hooks_result
}
# func_options_prep [ARG]...
# --------------------------
# All initialisations required before starting the option parse loop.
# Note that when calling hook functions, we pass through the list of
# positional parameters. If a hook function modifies that list, and
# needs to propogate that back to rest of this script, then the complete
# modified list must be put in 'func_run_hooks_result' before
# returning.
func_hookable func_options_prep
func_options_prep ()
{
$debug_cmd
# Option defaults:
opt_verbose=false
opt_warning_types=
func_run_hooks func_options_prep ${1+"$@"}
# save modified positional parameters for caller
func_options_prep_result=$func_run_hooks_result
}
# func_parse_options [ARG]...
# ---------------------------
# The main option parsing loop.
func_hookable func_parse_options
func_parse_options ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_parse_options_result=
# this just eases exit handling
while test $# -gt 0; do
# Defer to hook functions for initial option parsing, so they
# get priority in the event of reusing an option name.
func_run_hooks func_parse_options ${1+"$@"}
# Adjust func_parse_options positional parameters to match
eval set dummy "$func_run_hooks_result"; shift
# Break out of the loop if we already parsed every option.
test $# -gt 0 || break
_G_opt=$1
shift
case $_G_opt in
--debug|-x) debug_cmd='set -x'
func_echo "enabling shell trace mode"
$debug_cmd
;;
--no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn)
set dummy --warnings none ${1+"$@"}
shift
;;
--warnings|--warning|-W)
test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
case " $warning_categories $1" in
*" $1 "*)
# trailing space prevents matching last $1 above
func_append_uniq opt_warning_types " $1"
;;
*all)
opt_warning_types=$warning_categories
;;
*none)
opt_warning_types=none
warning_func=:
;;
*error)
opt_warning_types=$warning_categories
warning_func=func_fatal_error
;;
*)
func_fatal_error \
"unsupported warning category: '$1'"
;;
esac
shift
;;
--verbose|-v) opt_verbose=: ;;
--version) func_version ;;
-\?|-h) func_usage ;;
--help) func_help ;;
# Separate optargs to long options (plugins may need this):
--*=*) func_split_equals "$_G_opt"
set dummy "$func_split_equals_lhs" \
"$func_split_equals_rhs" ${1+"$@"}
shift
;;
# Separate optargs to short options:
-W*)
func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
"$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
shift
;;
# Separate non-argument short options:
-\?*|-h*|-v*|-x*)
func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
"-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
shift
;;
--) break ;;
-*) func_fatal_help "unrecognised option: '$_G_opt'" ;;
*) set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;;
esac
done
# save modified positional parameters for caller
func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
func_parse_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
}
# func_validate_options [ARG]...
# ------------------------------
# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed
# arguments.
func_hookable func_validate_options
func_validate_options ()
{
$debug_cmd
# Display all warnings if -W was not given.
test -n "$opt_warning_types" || opt_warning_types=" $warning_categories"
func_run_hooks func_validate_options ${1+"$@"}
# Bail if the options were screwed!
$exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
# save modified positional parameters for caller
func_validate_options_result=$func_run_hooks_result
}
## ----------------- ##
## Helper functions. ##
## ----------------- ##
# This section contains the helper functions used by the rest of the
# hookable option parser framework in ascii-betical order.
# func_fatal_help ARG...
# ----------------------
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
# a help hint, and exit.
func_fatal_help ()
{
$debug_cmd
eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\"
eval \$ECHO \""$fatal_help"\"
func_error ${1+"$@"}
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
}
# func_help
# ---------
# Echo long help message to standard output and exit.
func_help ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_usage_message
$ECHO "$long_help_message"
exit 0
}
# func_missing_arg ARGNAME
# ------------------------
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
# exit_cmd.
func_missing_arg ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_error "Missing argument for '$1'."
exit_cmd=exit
}
# func_split_equals STRING
# ------------------------
# Set func_split_equals_lhs and func_split_equals_rhs shell variables after
# splitting STRING at the '=' sign.
test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \
&& (eval 'x=a/b/c;
test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \
&& _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes
if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"
then
# This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
eval 'func_split_equals ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_split_equals_lhs=${1%%=*}
func_split_equals_rhs=${1#*=}
test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1" \
&& func_split_equals_rhs=
}'
else
# ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
func_split_equals ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_split_equals_lhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)'`
func_split_equals_rhs=
test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1" \
|| func_split_equals_rhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)$'`
}
fi #func_split_equals
# func_split_short_opt SHORTOPT
# -----------------------------
# Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell
# variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character.
if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"
then
# This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
eval 'func_split_short_opt ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??}
func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}
}'
else
# ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
func_split_short_opt ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_split_short_opt_name=`expr "x$1" : 'x-\(.\)'`
func_split_short_opt_arg=`expr "x$1" : 'x-.\(.*\)$'`
}
fi #func_split_short_opt
# func_usage
# ----------
# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
func_usage ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_usage_message
$ECHO "Run '$progname --help |${PAGER-more}' for full usage"
exit 0
}
# func_usage_message
# ------------------
# Echo short help message to standard output.
func_usage_message ()
{
$debug_cmd
eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\"
echo
$SED -n 's|^# ||
/^Written by/{
x;p;x
}
h
/^Written by/q' < "$progpath"
echo
eval \$ECHO \""$usage_message"\"
}
# func_version
# ------------
# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
func_version ()
{
$debug_cmd
printf '%s\n' "$progname $scriptversion"
$SED -n '
/(C)/!b go
:more
/\./!{
N
s|\n# | |
b more
}
:go
/^# Written by /,/# warranty; / {
s|^# ||
s|^# *$||
s|\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*[ ,-]\([1-9][0-9]* \)|\1 \2|
p
}
/^# Written by / {
s|^# ||
p
}
/^warranty; /q' < "$progpath"
exit $?
}
# Local variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# End:
# Set a version string.
scriptversion='(GNU libtool) 2.4.6'
# func_echo ARG...
# ----------------
# Libtool also displays the current mode in messages, so override
# funclib.sh func_echo with this custom definition.
func_echo ()
{
$debug_cmd
_G_message=$*
func_echo_IFS=$IFS
IFS=$nl
for _G_line in $_G_message; do
IFS=$func_echo_IFS
$ECHO "$progname${opt_mode+: $opt_mode}: $_G_line"
done
IFS=$func_echo_IFS
}
# func_warning ARG...
# -------------------
# Libtool warnings are not categorized, so override funclib.sh
# func_warning with this simpler definition.
func_warning ()
{
$debug_cmd
$warning_func ${1+"$@"}
}
## ---------------- ##
## Options parsing. ##
## ---------------- ##
# Hook in the functions to make sure our own options are parsed during
# the option parsing loop.
usage='$progpath [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...'
# Short help message in response to '-h'.
usage_message="Options:
--config show all configuration variables
--debug enable verbose shell tracing
-n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files
--features display basic configuration information and exit
--mode=MODE use operation mode MODE
--no-warnings equivalent to '-Wnone'
--preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
--quiet, --silent don't print informational messages
--tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG
-v, --verbose print more informational messages than default
--version print version information
-W, --warnings=CATEGORY report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all]
-h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message
"
# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'.
func_help ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_usage_message
$ECHO "$long_help_message
MODE must be one of the following:
clean remove files from the build directory
compile compile a source file into a libtool object
execute automatically set library path, then run a program
finish complete the installation of libtool libraries
install install libraries or executables
link create a library or an executable
uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory
MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option,
'--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as 'MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that.
Try '$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
include the following information:
host-triplet: $host
shell: $SHELL
compiler: $LTCC
compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS
linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
version: $progname (GNU libtool) 2.4.6
automake: `($AUTOMAKE --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`
autoconf: `($AUTOCONF --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`
Report bugs to .
GNU libtool home page: .
General help using GNU software: ."
exit 0
}
# func_lo2o OBJECT-NAME
# ---------------------
# Transform OBJECT-NAME from a '.lo' suffix to the platform specific
# object suffix.
lo2o=s/\\.lo\$/.$objext/
o2lo=s/\\.$objext\$/.lo/
if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
eval 'func_lo2o ()
{
case $1 in
*.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.$objext ;;
* ) func_lo2o_result=$1 ;;
esac
}'
# func_xform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE
# ---------------------------
# Transform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE from a '.o' or '.c' (or otherwise)
# suffix to a '.lo' libtool-object suffix.
eval 'func_xform ()
{
func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
}'
else
# ...otherwise fall back to using sed.
func_lo2o ()
{
func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$lo2o"`
}
func_xform ()
{
func_xform_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's|\.[^.]*$|.lo|'`
}
fi
# func_fatal_configuration ARG...
# -------------------------------
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
# a configuration failure hint, and exit.
func_fatal_configuration ()
{
func_fatal_error ${1+"$@"} \
"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." \
"Fatal configuration error."
}
# func_config
# -----------
# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script.
func_config ()
{
re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL'
re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL'
# Default configuration.
$SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath"
# Now print the configurations for the tags.
for tagname in $taglist; do
$SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath"
done
exit $?
}
# func_features
# -------------
# Display the features supported by this script.
func_features ()
{
echo "host: $host"
if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
echo "enable shared libraries"
else
echo "disable shared libraries"
fi
if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
echo "enable static libraries"
else
echo "disable static libraries"
fi
exit $?
}
# func_enable_tag TAGNAME
# -----------------------
# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or
# enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist
# variable here.
func_enable_tag ()
{
# Global variable:
tagname=$1
re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
sed_extractcf=/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p
# Validate tagname.
case $tagname in
*[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname"
;;
esac
# Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's
# there but not specially marked.
case $tagname in
CC) ;;
*)
if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
taglist="$taglist $tagname"
# Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path
# and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
# also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
# quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
eval "$extractedcf"
else
func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
fi
;;
esac
}
# func_check_version_match
# ------------------------
# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
# release of libtool.
func_check_version_match ()
{
if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
if test -z "$macro_version"; then
cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
$progname: and run autoconf again.
_LT_EOF
else
cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
$progname: and run autoconf again.
_LT_EOF
fi
else
cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
_LT_EOF
fi
exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
fi
}
# libtool_options_prep [ARG]...
# -----------------------------
# Preparation for options parsed by libtool.
libtool_options_prep ()
{
$debug_mode
# Option defaults:
opt_config=false
opt_dlopen=
opt_dry_run=false
opt_help=false
opt_mode=
opt_preserve_dup_deps=false
opt_quiet=false
nonopt=
preserve_args=
# Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
case $1 in
clean|clea|cle|cl)
shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
link|lin|li|l)
shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
esac
# Pass back the list of options.
func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
libtool_options_prep_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
}
func_add_hook func_options_prep libtool_options_prep
# libtool_parse_options [ARG]...
# ---------------------------------
# Provide handling for libtool specific options.
libtool_parse_options ()
{
$debug_cmd
# Perform our own loop to consume as many options as possible in
# each iteration.
while test $# -gt 0; do
_G_opt=$1
shift
case $_G_opt in
--dry-run|--dryrun|-n)
opt_dry_run=:
;;
--config) func_config ;;
--dlopen|-dlopen)
opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen
}$1"
shift
;;
--preserve-dup-deps)
opt_preserve_dup_deps=: ;;
--features) func_features ;;
--finish) set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;;
--help) opt_help=: ;;
--help-all) opt_help=': help-all' ;;
--mode) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
opt_mode=$1
case $1 in
# Valid mode arguments:
clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;;
# Catch anything else as an error
*) func_error "invalid argument for $_G_opt"
exit_cmd=exit
break
;;
esac
shift
;;
--no-silent|--no-quiet)
opt_quiet=false
func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
;;
--no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn)
opt_warning=false
func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
;;
--no-verbose)
opt_verbose=false
func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
;;
--silent|--quiet)
opt_quiet=:
opt_verbose=false
func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
;;
--tag) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
opt_tag=$1
func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt $1"
func_enable_tag "$1"
shift
;;
--verbose|-v) opt_quiet=false
opt_verbose=:
func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
;;
# An option not handled by this hook function:
*) set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;;
esac
done
# save modified positional parameters for caller
func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
libtool_parse_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
}
func_add_hook func_parse_options libtool_parse_options
# libtool_validate_options [ARG]...
# ---------------------------------
# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed
# arguments.
libtool_validate_options ()
{
# save first non-option argument
if test 0 -lt $#; then
nonopt=$1
shift
fi
# preserve --debug
test : = "$debug_cmd" || func_append preserve_args " --debug"
case $host_os in
# Solaris2 added to fix http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=16452
# see also: http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=59788
cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | pw32* | cegcc* | solaris2* | os2*)
# don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps
opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
;;
*)
opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps
;;
esac
$opt_help || {
# Sanity checks first:
func_check_version_match
test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \
&& test yes != "$build_old_libs" \
&& func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
# Darwin sucks
eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
# Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test execute != "$opt_mode"; then
func_error "unrecognized option '-dlopen'"
$ECHO "$help" 1>&2
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
# Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
generic_help=$help
help="Try '$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information."
}
# Pass back the unparsed argument list
func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"}
libtool_validate_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result
}
func_add_hook func_validate_options libtool_validate_options
# Process options as early as possible so that --help and --version
# can return quickly.
func_options ${1+"$@"}
eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
## ----------- ##
## Main. ##
## ----------- ##
magic='%%%MAGIC variable%%%'
magic_exe='%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%'
# Global variables.
extracted_archives=
extracted_serial=0
# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being
# left over by shells.
exec_cmd=
# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
func_fallback_echo ()
{
eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
$1
_LTECHO_EOF'
}
# func_generated_by_libtool
# True iff stdin has been generated by Libtool. This function is only
# a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out determined imposters.
func_generated_by_libtool_p ()
{
$GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
}
# func_lalib_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file.
# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
# determined imposters.
func_lalib_p ()
{
test -f "$1" &&
$SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p
}
# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file.
# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and
# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
# fatal anyway. Works if 'file' does not exist.
func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
{
lalib_p=no
if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
do
read lalib_p_line
case $lalib_p_line in
\#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
esac
done
exec 0<&5 5<&-
fi
test yes = "$lalib_p"
}
# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
# determined imposters.
func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
{
test -f "$1" &&
$lt_truncate_bin < "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p
}
# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
# determined imposters.
func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
{
func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
case $1 in
*.exe) ;;
*) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
esac
$GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
}
# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
# temporary ltwrapper_script.
func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
{
func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper
}
# func_ltwrapper_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
# determined imposters.
func_ltwrapper_p ()
{
func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
}
# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
func_execute_cmds ()
{
$debug_cmd
save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
for cmd in $1; do
IFS=$sp$nl
eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
IFS=$save_ifs
func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
done
IFS=$save_ifs
}
# func_source file
# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing
# 'FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
func_source ()
{
$debug_cmd
case $1 in
*/* | *\\*) . "$1" ;;
*) . "./$1" ;;
esac
}
# func_resolve_sysroot PATH
# Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into
# func_resolve_sysroot_result
func_resolve_sysroot ()
{
func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1
case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in
=*)
func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result"
func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
;;
esac
}
# func_replace_sysroot PATH
# If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and
# store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result.
func_replace_sysroot ()
{
case $lt_sysroot:$1 in
?*:"$lt_sysroot"*)
func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1"
func_replace_sysroot_result='='$func_stripname_result
;;
*)
# Including no sysroot.
func_replace_sysroot_result=$1
;;
esac
}
# func_infer_tag arg
# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
# command doesn't match the default compiler.
# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
func_infer_tag ()
{
$debug_cmd
if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
CC_quoted=
for arg in $CC; do
func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
done
CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
case $@ in
# Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
# but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
" $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
" $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;;
# Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
# if we don't check for them as well.
*)
for z in $available_tags; do
if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
# Evaluate the configuration.
eval "`$SED -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
CC_quoted=
for arg in $CC; do
# Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
done
CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
case "$@ " in
" $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
" $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*)
# The compiler in the base compile command matches
# the one in the tagged configuration.
# Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
tagname=$z
break
;;
esac
fi
done
# If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
# was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
# line option must be used.
if test -z "$tagname"; then
func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
func_fatal_error "specify a tag with '--tag'"
# else
# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
fi
;;
esac
fi
}
# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
func_write_libtool_object ()
{
write_libobj=$1
if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
write_lobj=\'$2\'
else
write_lobj=none
fi
if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
write_oldobj=\'$3\'
else
write_oldobj=none
fi
$opt_dry_run || {
cat >${write_libobj}T </dev/null`
if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp"; then
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" |
$SED -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"`
else
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=
fi
fi
}
# end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32
# func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG
# Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and
# $host is mingw, windows, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a
# correctly configured wine environment available, with the winepath program
# in $build's $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator
# characters.
#
# ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32.
# Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result.
# Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names
# are convertible, then the result may be empty.
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ()
{
$debug_cmd
# unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=
if test -n "$1"; then
oldIFS=$IFS
IFS=:
for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do
IFS=$oldIFS
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f"
if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"; then
if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result
else
func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
fi
fi
done
IFS=$oldIFS
fi
}
# end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32
# func_cygpath ARGS...
# Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when
# when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2)
# $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or
# (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input
# file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted
# from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name
# or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in
# Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error.
#
# ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to
# be converted.
#
# Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH
# environment variable; do not put it in $PATH.
func_cygpath ()
{
$debug_cmd
if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then
func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null`
if test "$?" -ne 0; then
# on failure, ensure result is empty
func_cygpath_result=
fi
else
func_cygpath_result=
func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: '$LT_CYGPATH'"
fi
}
#end: func_cygpath
# func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG
# Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return
# result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result.
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ()
{
$debug_cmd
# awkward: cmd appends spaces to result
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null |
$SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"`
}
#end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32
# func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2
# Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host
# format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting
# func_to_host_file_result to ARG1).
func_convert_file_check ()
{
$debug_cmd
if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1"; then
func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to"
func_error " '$1'"
func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
# Fallback:
func_to_host_file_result=$1
fi
}
# end func_convert_file_check
# func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH
# Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host
# format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting
# func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below).
func_convert_path_check ()
{
$debug_cmd
if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then
func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to"
func_error " '$3'"
func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
# Fallback. This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and
# should not be "improved". See libtool.info.
if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then
lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g"
func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" |
$SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"`
else
func_to_host_path_result=$3
fi
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_check
# func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG
# Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT
# and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT.
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ()
{
$debug_cmd
case $4 in
$1 ) func_to_host_path_result=$3$func_to_host_path_result
;;
esac
case $4 in
$2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3"
;;
esac
}
# end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep
##################################################
# $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
##################################################
# invoked via '$to_host_file_cmd ARG'
#
# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
# Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result.
# func_to_host_file ARG
# Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
# in func_to_host_file_result.
func_to_host_file ()
{
$debug_cmd
$to_host_file_cmd "$1"
}
# end func_to_host_file
# func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY
# converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return
# result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed
# in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place.
func_to_tool_file ()
{
$debug_cmd
case ,$2, in
*,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*)
func_to_tool_file_result=$1
;;
*)
$to_tool_file_cmd "$1"
func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result
;;
esac
}
# end func_to_tool_file
# func_convert_file_noop ARG
# Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_noop ()
{
func_to_host_file_result=$1
}
# end func_convert_file_noop
# func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG
# Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in
# func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_file_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
# func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
# Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in
# func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_file_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
# because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use
# LT_CYGPATH in this case.
func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"`
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32
# func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG
# Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment
# and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_file_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32
# func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG
# Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_file_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin
# func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG
# Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed
# in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result
# in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_file_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
# convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin.
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin
#############################################
# $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
#############################################
# invoked via '$to_host_path_cmd ARG'
#
# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
# The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result.
#
# Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If
# ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but
# converted to $host format) on output.
#
# All path conversion functions are named using the following convention:
# file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y ()
# path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y ()
# where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the
# same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations,
# the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd
# will break.
# func_init_to_host_path_cmd
# Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the
# appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd.
to_host_path_cmd=
func_init_to_host_path_cmd ()
{
$debug_cmd
if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then
func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd"
to_host_path_cmd=func_convert_path_$func_stripname_result
fi
}
# func_to_host_path ARG
# Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
# in func_to_host_path_result.
func_to_host_path ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_init_to_host_path_cmd
$to_host_path_cmd "$1"
}
# end func_to_host_path
# func_convert_path_noop ARG
# Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result.
func_convert_path_noop ()
{
func_to_host_path_result=$1
}
# end func_convert_path_noop
# func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG
# Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in
# func_to_host_path_result.
func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_path_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
# Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS
# behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.';
# and winepath ignores them completely.
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result
func_convert_path_check : ";" \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32
# func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
# Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in
# func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_path_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
# See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"`
func_convert_path_check : ";" \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32
# func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG
# Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and
# a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_path_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
# See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result
func_convert_path_check : ";" \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32
# func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG
# Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_path_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
# See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result
func_convert_path_check : : \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin
# func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG
# Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a
# a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in
# func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_host_path_result=$1
if test -n "$1"; then
# Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from
# ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them
# into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely.
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"
func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result
func_convert_path_check : : \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin
# func_dll_def_p FILE
# True iff FILE is a Windows DLL '.def' file.
# Keep in sync with _LT_DLL_DEF_P in libtool.m4
func_dll_def_p ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_dll_def_p_tmp=`$SED -n \
-e 's/^[ ]*//' \
-e '/^\(;.*\)*$/d' \
-e 's/^\(EXPORTS\|LIBRARY\)\([ ].*\)*$/DEF/p' \
-e q \
"$1"`
test DEF = "$func_dll_def_p_tmp"
}
# func_mode_compile arg...
func_mode_compile ()
{
$debug_cmd
# Get the compilation command and the source file.
base_compile=
srcfile=$nonopt # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile"
suppress_opt=yes
suppress_output=
arg_mode=normal
libobj=
later=
pie_flag=
for arg
do
case $arg_mode in
arg )
# do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile
lastarg=$arg
arg_mode=normal
;;
target )
libobj=$arg
arg_mode=normal
continue
;;
normal )
# Accept any command-line options.
case $arg in
-o)
test -n "$libobj" && \
func_fatal_error "you cannot specify '-o' more than once"
arg_mode=target
continue
;;
-pie | -fpie | -fPIE)
func_append pie_flag " $arg"
continue
;;
-shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic)
func_append later " $arg"
continue
;;
-no-suppress)
suppress_opt=no
continue
;;
-Xcompiler)
arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list
continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or
;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug.
-Wc,*)
func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
args=$func_stripname_result
lastarg=
save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
for arg in $args; do
IFS=$save_ifs
func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg"
done
IFS=$save_ifs
func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg"
lastarg=$func_stripname_result
# Add the arguments to base_compile.
func_append base_compile " $lastarg"
continue
;;
*)
# Accept the current argument as the source file.
# The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument.
#
lastarg=$srcfile
srcfile=$arg
;;
esac # case $arg
;;
esac # case $arg_mode
# Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg"
done # for arg
case $arg_mode in
arg)
func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile"
;;
target)
func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with '-o'"
;;
*)
# Get the name of the library object.
test -z "$libobj" && {
func_basename "$srcfile"
libobj=$func_basename_result
}
;;
esac
# Recognize several different file suffixes.
# If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
case $libobj in
*.[cCFSifmso] | \
*.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \
*.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \
*.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup)
func_xform "$libobj"
libobj=$func_xform_result
;;
esac
case $libobj in
*.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;;
*)
func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from '$libobj'"
;;
esac
func_infer_tag $base_compile
for arg in $later; do
case $arg in
-shared)
test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" \
|| func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library"
build_old_libs=no
continue
;;
-static)
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
continue
;;
-prefer-pic)
pic_mode=yes
continue
;;
-prefer-non-pic)
pic_mode=no
continue
;;
esac
done
func_quote_for_eval "$libobj"
test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \
&& $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \
&& func_warning "libobj name '$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
objname=$func_basename_result
xdir=$func_dirname_result
lobj=$xdir$objdir/$objname
test -z "$base_compile" && \
func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
# Delete any leftover library objects.
if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
else
removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
fi
# On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
pic_mode=default
;;
esac
if test no = "$pic_mode" && test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
# non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
pic_mode=default
fi
# Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
# not support -o with -c
if test no = "$compiler_c_o"; then
output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.$objext
lockfile=$output_obj.lock
else
output_obj=
need_locks=no
lockfile=
fi
# Lock this critical section if it is needed
# We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
if test yes = "$need_locks"; then
until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
sleep 2
done
elif test warn = "$need_locks"; then
if test -f "$lockfile"; then
$ECHO "\
*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you
repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
compiler."
$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
func_append removelist " $output_obj"
$ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
fi
$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
func_append removelist " $lockfile"
trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result
func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile"
qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result
# Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
# Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
if test no != "$pic_mode"; then
command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
else
# Don't build PIC code
command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
fi
func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
if test -z "$output_obj"; then
# Place PIC objects in $objdir
func_append command " -o $lobj"
fi
func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
if test warn = "$need_locks" &&
test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
$ECHO "\
*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
but it should contain:
$srcfile
This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you
repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
compiler."
$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
# Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
fi
# Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
if test yes = "$suppress_opt"; then
suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
fi
fi
# Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
if test yes != "$pic_mode"; then
# Don't build PIC code
command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
else
command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
fi
if test yes = "$compiler_c_o"; then
func_append command " -o $obj"
fi
# Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
func_append command "$suppress_output"
func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
'$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
if test warn = "$need_locks" &&
test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
$ECHO "\
*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
but it should contain:
$srcfile
This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you
repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
compiler."
$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
# Just move the object if needed
if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
fi
fi
$opt_dry_run || {
func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
# Unlock the critical section if it was locked
if test no != "$need_locks"; then
removelist=$lockfile
$RM "$lockfile"
fi
}
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
}
$opt_help || {
test compile = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
}
func_mode_help ()
{
# We need to display help for each of the modes.
case $opt_mode in
"")
# Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
# at the start of this file.
func_help
;;
clean)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
Remove files from the build directory.
RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
(typically '/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed
to RM.
If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
;;
compile)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
This mode accepts the following additional options:
-o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
-no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
-prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only
-prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only
-shared do not build a '.o' file suitable for static linking
-static only build a '.o' file suitable for static linking
-Wc,FLAG
-Xcompiler FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler
COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a 'standard' object file
from the given SOURCEFILE.
The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix '.c' with the
library object suffix, '.lo'."
;;
execute)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
Automatically set library path, then run a program.
This mode accepts the following additional options:
-dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path
This mode sets the library path environment variable according to '-dlopen'
flags.
If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
directories are added to the library path.
Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
;;
finish)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use
the '--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
;;
install)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
Install executables or libraries.
INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be
either the 'install' or 'cp' program.
The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
-inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
;;
link)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
create an executable program.
LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
a program from several object files.
The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
-all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all
-avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible
-bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where
libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime)
-dlopen FILE '-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
-dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
-export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
-export-symbols SYMFILE
try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
-export-symbols-regex REGEX
try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
-LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
-lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
-module build a library that can dlopened
-no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode
-no-install link a not-installable executable
-no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
-o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
-objectlist FILE use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
-os2dllname NAME force a short DLL name on OS/2 (no effect on other OSes)
-precious-files-regex REGEX
don't remove output files matching REGEX
-release RELEASE specify package release information
-rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
-R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
-shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
-shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension
-static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
-static-libtool-libs
do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
-version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
-weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
-Wc,FLAG
-Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler
-Wa,FLAG
-Xassembler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the assembler
-Wl,FLAG
-Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker
-XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC)
All other options (arguments beginning with '-') are ignored.
Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in '.la' are
treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
object files.
If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.la', then a libtool library is created,
only library objects ('.lo' files) may be specified, and '-rpath' is
required, except when creating a convenience library.
If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.a' or '.lib', then a standard library is created
using 'ar' and 'ranlib', or on Windows using 'lib'.
If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.lo' or '.$objext', then a reloadable object file
is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
;;
uninstall)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
Remove libraries from an installation directory.
RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
(typically '/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed
to RM.
If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
;;
*)
func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'"
;;
esac
echo
$ECHO "Try '$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
}
# Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
if $opt_help; then
if test : = "$opt_help"; then
func_mode_help
else
{
func_help noexit
for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
func_mode_help
done
} | $SED -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p'
{
func_help noexit
for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
echo
func_mode_help
done
} |
$SED '1d
/^When reporting/,/^Report/{
H
d
}
$x
/information about other modes/d
/more detailed .*MODE/d
s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/'
fi
exit $?
fi
# func_mode_execute arg...
func_mode_execute ()
{
$debug_cmd
# The first argument is the command name.
cmd=$nonopt
test -z "$cmd" && \
func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
# Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
for file in $opt_dlopen; do
test -f "$file" \
|| func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a file"
dir=
case $file in
*.la)
func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
|| func_fatal_help "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
# Read the libtool library.
dlname=
library_names=
func_source "$file"
# Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
if test -z "$dlname"; then
# Warn if it was a shared library.
test -n "$library_names" && \
func_warning "'$file' was not linked with '-export-dynamic'"
continue
fi
func_dirname "$file" "" "."
dir=$func_dirname_result
if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
func_append dir "/$objdir"
else
if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find '$dlname' in '$dir' or '$dir/$objdir'"
fi
fi
;;
*.lo)
# Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
func_dirname "$file" "" "."
dir=$func_dirname_result
;;
*)
func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
continue
;;
esac
# Get the absolute pathname.
absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
test -n "$absdir" && dir=$absdir
# Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
else
eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
fi
done
# This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
# rather than running their programs.
libtool_execute_magic=$magic
# Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
args=
for file
do
case $file in
-* | *.la | *.lo ) ;;
*)
# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
func_source "$file"
# Transform arg to wrapped name.
file=$progdir/$program
elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
# Transform arg to wrapped name.
file=$progdir/$program
fi
;;
esac
# Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
func_append_quoted args "$file"
done
if $opt_dry_run; then
# Display what would be done.
if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
echo "export $shlibpath_var"
fi
$ECHO "$cmd$args"
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
else
if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
# Export the shlibpath_var.
eval "export $shlibpath_var"
fi
# Restore saved environment variables
for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
do
eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
$lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
else
$lt_unset $lt_var
fi"
done
# Now prepare to actually exec the command.
exec_cmd=\$cmd$args
fi
}
test execute = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
# func_mode_finish arg...
func_mode_finish ()
{
$debug_cmd
libs=
libdirs=
admincmds=
for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"}
do
if test -d "$opt"; then
func_append libdirs " $opt"
elif test -f "$opt"; then
if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then
func_append libs " $opt"
else
func_warning "'$opt' is not a valid libtool archive"
fi
else
func_fatal_error "invalid argument '$opt'"
fi
done
if test -n "$libs"; then
if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then
sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;"
else
sysroot_cmd=
fi
# Remove sysroot references
if $opt_dry_run; then
for lib in $libs; do
echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and '=' prefixes from $lib"
done
else
tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
for lib in $libs; do
$SED -e "$sysroot_cmd s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \
> $tmpdir/tmp-la
mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib
done
${RM}r "$tmpdir"
fi
fi
if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
for libdir in $libdirs; do
if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
# Do each command in the finish commands.
func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
'"$cmd"'"'
fi
if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
# Do the single finish_eval.
eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
$opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds "
$cmds"
fi
done
fi
# Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
$opt_quiet && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
echo "Libraries have been installed in:"
for libdir in $libdirs; do
$ECHO " $libdir"
done
echo
echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the '-LLIBDIR'"
echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
echo " - add LIBDIR to the '$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
echo " during execution"
fi
if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
echo " - add LIBDIR to the '$runpath_var' environment variable"
echo " during linking"
fi
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
libdir=LIBDIR
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
$ECHO " - use the '$flag' linker flag"
fi
if test -n "$admincmds"; then
$ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
fi
if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to '/etc/ld.so.conf'"
fi
echo
echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
case $host in
solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
echo "pages."
;;
*)
echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
;;
esac
echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
}
test finish = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
# func_mode_install arg...
func_mode_install ()
{
$debug_cmd
# There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
# install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
if test "$SHELL" = "$nonopt" || test /bin/sh = "$nonopt" ||
# Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac
then
# Aesthetically quote it.
func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt"
install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result "
arg=$1
shift
else
install_prog=
arg=$nonopt
fi
# The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
# Aesthetically quote it.
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
func_append install_prog "$func_quote_for_eval_result"
install_shared_prog=$install_prog
case " $install_prog " in
*[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;;
*) install_cp=false ;;
esac
# We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
dest=
files=
opts=
prev=
install_type=
isdir=false
stripme=
no_mode=:
for arg
do
arg2=
if test -n "$dest"; then
func_append files " $dest"
dest=$arg
continue
fi
case $arg in
-d) isdir=: ;;
-f)
if $install_cp; then :; else
prev=$arg
fi
;;
-g | -m | -o)
prev=$arg
;;
-s)
stripme=" -s"
continue
;;
-*)
;;
*)
# If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
if test -n "$prev"; then
if test X-m = "X$prev" && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then
arg2=$install_override_mode
no_mode=false
fi
prev=
else
dest=$arg
continue
fi
;;
esac
# Aesthetically quote the argument.
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
func_append install_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
if test -n "$arg2"; then
func_quote_for_eval "$arg2"
fi
func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
done
test -z "$install_prog" && \
func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
test -n "$prev" && \
func_fatal_help "the '$prev' option requires an argument"
if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then
if $install_cp; then :; else
func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode"
func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_for_eval_result"
fi
fi
if test -z "$files"; then
if test -z "$dest"; then
func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
else
func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
fi
fi
# Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
dest=$func_stripname_result
# Check to see that the destination is a directory.
test -d "$dest" && isdir=:
if $isdir; then
destdir=$dest
destname=
else
func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
destdir=$func_dirname_result
destname=$func_basename_result
# Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
set dummy $files; shift
test "$#" -gt 1 && \
func_fatal_help "'$dest' is not a directory"
fi
case $destdir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
*)
for file in $files; do
case $file in
*.lo) ;;
*)
func_fatal_help "'$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
;;
esac
done
;;
esac
# This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
# than running their programs.
libtool_install_magic=$magic
staticlibs=
future_libdirs=
current_libdirs=
for file in $files; do
# Do each installation.
case $file in
*.$libext)
# Do the static libraries later.
func_append staticlibs " $file"
;;
*.la)
func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
|| func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
library_names=
old_library=
relink_command=
func_source "$file"
# Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
case "$current_libdirs " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
esac
else
# Note the libdir as a future libdir.
case "$future_libdirs " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
dir=$func_dirname_result
func_append dir "$objdir"
if test -n "$relink_command"; then
# Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
# Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
# location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
# are installed to the same prefix.
# At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
# are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
# but it's something to keep an eye on.
test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
func_fatal_error "error: cannot install '$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
# Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
else
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
fi
func_warning "relinking '$file'"
func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
'func_fatal_error "error: relink '\''$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
fi
# See the names of the shared library.
set dummy $library_names; shift
if test -n "$1"; then
realname=$1
shift
srcname=$realname
test -n "$relink_command" && srcname=${realname}T
# Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
'exit $?'
tstripme=$stripme
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | pw32* | cegcc*)
case $realname in
*.dll.a)
tstripme=
;;
esac
;;
os2*)
case $realname in
*_dll.a)
tstripme=
;;
esac
;;
esac
if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
fi
if test "$#" -gt 0; then
# Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
# Try 'ln -sf' first, because the 'ln' binary might depend on
# the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
# so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
for linkname
do
test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
&& func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
done
fi
# Do each command in the postinstall commands.
lib=$destdir/$realname
func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
func_basename "$file"
name=$func_basename_result
instname=$dir/${name}i
func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
# Maybe install the static library, too.
test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library"
;;
*.lo)
# Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
if test -n "$destname"; then
destfile=$destdir/$destname
else
func_basename "$file"
destfile=$func_basename_result
destfile=$destdir/$destfile
fi
# Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
case $destfile in
*.lo)
func_lo2o "$destfile"
staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
;;
*.$objext)
staticdest=$destfile
destfile=
;;
*)
func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to '$destfile'"
;;
esac
# Install the libtool object if requested.
test -n "$destfile" && \
func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
# Install the old object if enabled.
if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
# Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
func_lo2o "$file"
staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
;;
*)
# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
if test -n "$destname"; then
destfile=$destdir/$destname
else
func_basename "$file"
destfile=$func_basename_result
destfile=$destdir/$destfile
fi
# If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
# because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
# install
stripped_ext=
case $file in
*.exe)
if test ! -f "$file"; then
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
file=$func_stripname_result
stripped_ext=.exe
fi
;;
esac
# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows*)
if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
else
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
wrapper=$func_stripname_result
fi
;;
*)
wrapper=$file
;;
esac
if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
notinst_deplibs=
relink_command=
func_source "$wrapper"
# Check the variables that should have been set.
test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script '$wrapper'"
finalize=:
for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
# Check to see that each library is installed.
libdir=
if test -f "$lib"; then
func_source "$lib"
fi
libfile=$libdir/`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'`
if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
func_warning "'$lib' has not been installed in '$libdir'"
finalize=false
fi
done
relink_command=
func_source "$wrapper"
outputname=
if test no = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then
$opt_dry_run || {
if $finalize; then
tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
file=$func_basename_result
outputname=$tmpdir/$file
# Replace the output file specification.
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
$opt_quiet || {
func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command"
eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
}
if eval "$relink_command"; then :
else
func_error "error: relink '$file' with the above command before installing it"
$opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
continue
fi
file=$outputname
else
func_warning "cannot relink '$file'"
fi
}
else
# Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
fi
fi
# remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
# one anyway
case $install_prog,$host in
*/usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
case $file:$destfile in
*.exe:*.exe)
# this is ok
;;
*.exe:*)
destfile=$destfile.exe
;;
*:*.exe)
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
destfile=$func_stripname_result
;;
esac
;;
esac
func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
$opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
${RM}r "$tmpdir"
fi
;;
esac
done
for file in $staticlibs; do
func_basename "$file"
name=$func_basename_result
# Set up the ranlib parameters.
oldlib=$destdir/$name
func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?'
fi
# Do each command in the postinstall commands.
func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
done
test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
func_warning "remember to run '$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
# Maybe just do a dry run.
$opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
exec_cmd='$SHELL "$progpath" $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
else
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
}
test install = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
# a dlpreopen symbol table.
func_generate_dlsyms ()
{
$debug_cmd
my_outputname=$1
my_originator=$2
my_pic_p=${3-false}
my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | $SED 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
my_dlsyms=
if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
my_dlsyms=${my_outputname}S.c
else
func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
fi
fi
if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
case $my_dlsyms in
"") ;;
*.c)
# Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
nlist=$output_objdir/$my_outputname.nm
func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
# Parse the name list into a source file.
func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
$opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for '$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern \"C\" {
#endif
#if defined __GNUC__ && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4))
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\"
#endif
/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined _WIN32_WCE
/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because runtime
relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */
# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
#elif defined __osf__
/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */
# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
#else
# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const
#endif
#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0)
/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
"
if test yes = "$dlself"; then
func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$output'"
$opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
# Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
for progfile in $progfiles; do
func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$func_to_tool_file_result'"
$opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
done
if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
$opt_dry_run || {
eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
}
fi
if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
$opt_dry_run || {
eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
}
fi
# Prepare the list of exported symbols
if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
export_symbols=$output_objdir/$outputname.exp
$opt_dry_run || {
$RM $export_symbols
eval "$SED -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* )
eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
;;
esac
}
else
$opt_dry_run || {
eval "$SED -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* )
eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
;;
esac
}
fi
fi
for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$dlprefile'"
func_basename "$dlprefile"
name=$func_basename_result
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* )
# if an import library, we need to obtain dlname
if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then
func_tr_sh "$dlprefile"
eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result"
dlprefile_dlbasename=
if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then
# Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values
dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"`
if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname"; then
func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname"
dlprefile_dlbasename=$func_basename_result
else
# no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen .
$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile"
dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result
fi
fi
$opt_dry_run || {
if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename"; then
eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"'
else
func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name"
eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
fi
func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe |
$SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'"
}
else # not an import lib
$opt_dry_run || {
eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
}
fi
;;
*)
$opt_dry_run || {
eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
}
;;
esac
done
$opt_dry_run || {
# Make sure we have at least an empty file.
test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
fi
# Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then
sort -k 3
else
sort +2
fi |
uniq > "$nlist"S; then
:
else
$GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
fi
if test -f "$nlist"S; then
eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
else
echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
fi
func_show_eval '$RM "${nlist}I"'
if test -n "$global_symbol_to_import"; then
eval "$global_symbol_to_import"' < "$nlist"S > "$nlist"I'
fi
echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
typedef struct {
const char *name;
void *address;
} lt_dlsymlist;
extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];\
"
if test -s "$nlist"I; then
echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
static void lt_syminit(void)
{
LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist *symbol = lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
for (; symbol->name; ++symbol)
{"
$SED 's/.*/ if (STREQ (symbol->name, \"&\")) symbol->address = (void *) \&&;/' < "$nlist"I >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
}
}"
fi
echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
{ {\"$my_originator\", (void *) 0},"
if test -s "$nlist"I; then
echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
{\"@INIT@\", (void *) <_syminit},"
fi
case $need_lib_prefix in
no)
eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
;;
*)
eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
;;
esac
echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
{0, (void *) 0}
};
/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
}
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif\
"
} # !$opt_dry_run
pic_flag_for_symtable=
case "$compile_command " in
*" -static "*) ;;
*)
case $host in
# compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
# a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
# linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use
# pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in
# FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
*-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
*-*-hpux*)
pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;;
*)
$my_pic_p && pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
;;
esac
;;
esac
symtab_cflags=
for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
case $arg in
-pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
*) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;;
esac
done
# Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
# Clean up the generated files.
func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" "${nlist}I"'
# Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
symfileobj=$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* )
if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
else
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
fi
;;
*)
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
;;
esac
;;
*)
func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for '$my_dlsyms'"
;;
esac
else
# We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
# lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
# really was required.
# Nullify the symbol file.
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
fi
}
# func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG
# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
# ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns
# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'`
test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp"
}
# func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG
# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
# ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns
# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
func_cygming_ms_implib_p ()
{
$debug_cmd
func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'`
test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp"
}
# func_win32_libid arg
# return the library type of file 'arg'
#
# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
# Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries.
func_win32_libid ()
{
$debug_cmd
win32_libid_type=unknown
win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
case $win32_fileres in
*ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
;;
*ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
# Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD.
if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
$EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64|pe-aarch64)' >/dev/null; then
case $nm_interface in
"MS dumpbin")
if func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ||
func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"
then
win32_nmres=import
else
win32_nmres=
fi
;;
*)
func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" |
$SED -n -e '
1,100{
/ I /{
s|.*|import|
p
q
}
}'`
;;
esac
case $win32_nmres in
import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
esac
fi
;;
*DLL*)
win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
;;
*executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
case $win32_fileres in
*MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
;;
esac
;;
esac
$ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
}
# func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG
#
# Platform-specific function to extract the
# name of the DLL associated with the specified
# import library ARG.
# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
# Result is available in the variable
# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
func_cygming_dll_for_implib ()
{
$debug_cmd
sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"`
}
# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs
#
# The is the core of a fallback implementation of a
# platform-specific function to extract the name of the
# DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME.
#
# SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending
# on the platform and compiler that created the implib.
#
# Echos the name of the DLL associated with the
# specified import library.
func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core ()
{
$debug_cmd
match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
$OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null |
$SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{
# Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section
s/.*/====MARK====/
p
d
}
# These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but
# are always uninteresting
/:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d
/^In archive [^:]*:/d
# Ensure marker is printed
/^====MARK====/p
# Remove all lines with less than 43 characters
/^.\{43\}/!d
# From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters
s/^.\{43\}//' |
$SED -n '
# Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line
/^====MARK====/ b para
H
$ b para
b
:para
x
s/\n//g
# Remove the marker
s/^====MARK====//
# Remove trailing dots and whitespace
s/[\. \t]*$//
# Print
/./p' |
# we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified
# contents of the appropriate section of all members of the
# archive that possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate
# all those that have a first or second character that is
# a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable
# character.) This should work for all archives with less than
# 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually
# begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by
# a '.'.
#
# Of those that remain, print the first one.
$SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q'
}
# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG
# Platform-specific function to extract the
# name of the DLL associated with the specified
# import library ARG.
#
# This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL
# does not support the --identify-strict option.
# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
# Result is available in the variable
# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ()
{
$debug_cmd
if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"; then
# binutils import library
sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"`
elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1"; then
# ms-generated import library
sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"`
else
# unknown
sharedlib_from_linklib_result=
fi
}
# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
func_extract_an_archive ()
{
$debug_cmd
f_ex_an_ar_dir=$1; shift
f_ex_an_ar_oldlib=$1
if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then
lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock
until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
sleep 2
done
fi
func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \
'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat'
if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then
$opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile"
fi
if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
:
else
func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
fi
}
# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
func_extract_archives ()
{
$debug_cmd
my_gentop=$1; shift
my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
my_oldobjs=
my_xlib=
my_xabs=
my_xdir=
for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
# Extract the objects.
case $my_xlib in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs=$my_xlib ;;
*) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
esac
func_basename "$my_xlib"
my_xlib=$func_basename_result
my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
while :; do
case " $extracted_archives " in
*" $my_xlib_u "*)
func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
*) break ;;
esac
done
extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
my_xdir=$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u
func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
case $host in
*-darwin*)
func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
# Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
$opt_dry_run || {
darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
cd $my_xdir || exit $?
darwin_archive=$my_xabs
darwin_curdir=`pwd`
func_basename "$darwin_archive"
darwin_base_archive=$func_basename_result
darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
darwin_arch=
func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches; do
func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch"
$LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive" "$darwin_archive"
cd "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch"
func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "$darwin_base_archive"
cd "$darwin_curdir"
$RM "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive"
done # $darwin_arches
## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$sed_basename" | sort -u`
darwin_file=
darwin_files=
for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP`
$LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
done # $darwin_filelist
$RM -rf unfat-$$
cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
else
cd $darwin_orig_dir
func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
fi # $darwin_arches
} # !$opt_dry_run
;;
*)
func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
;;
esac
my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP`
done
func_extract_archives_result=$my_oldobjs
}
# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no]
#
# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
# Don't directly open a file because we may want to
# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw/windows
# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within
# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables
# set therein.
#
# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script
# will assume that the directory where it is stored is
# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw/windows-specific
# behavior.
func_emit_wrapper ()
{
func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no}
$ECHO "\
#! $SHELL
# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
#
# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
# libraries that it depends on are installed.
#
# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
# Be Bourne compatible
if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
fi
BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
# if CDPATH is set.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
# install mode needs the following variables:
generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
else
# When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
file=\"\$0\""
qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
$ECHO "\
# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
func_fallback_echo ()
{
eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
\$1
_LTECHO_EOF'
}
ECHO=\"$qECHO\"
fi
# Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to
# the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper
# /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ that is used only on
# windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-"
# (application programs are unlikely to have options that match
# this pattern).
#
# There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and
# --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help.
#
# The first argument to this parsing function should be the
# script's $0 value, followed by "$@".
lt_option_debug=
func_parse_lt_options ()
{
lt_script_arg0=\$0
shift
for lt_opt
do
case \"\$lt_opt\" in
--lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;;
--lt-dump-script)
lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=.
lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\"
exit 0
;;
--lt-*)
\$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
done
# Print the debug banner immediately:
if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
echo \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\" 1>&2
fi
}
# Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout
# (redirection is the responsibility of the caller)
func_lt_dump_args ()
{
lt_dump_args_N=1;
for lt_arg
do
\$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\"
lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\`
done
}
# Core function for launching the target application
func_exec_program_core ()
{
"
case $host in
# Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
*-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
$ECHO "\
if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
\$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2
func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
fi
exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
"
;;
*)
$ECHO "\
if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
\$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2
func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
fi
exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
"
;;
esac
$ECHO "\
\$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
exit 1
}
# A function to encapsulate launching the target application
# Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and
# launches target application with the remaining arguments.
func_exec_program ()
{
case \" \$* \" in
*\\ --lt-*)
for lt_wr_arg
do
case \$lt_wr_arg in
--lt-*) ;;
*) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;;
esac
shift
done ;;
esac
func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"}
}
# Parse options
func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
# Find the directory that this script lives in.
thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
# Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
while test -n \"\$file\"; do
destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
# If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
case \"\$destdir\" in
[\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
*) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
esac
fi
file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\`
file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
done
# Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw/windows when embedded into
# the cwrapper.
WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1
if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
# special case for '.'
if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
thisdir=\`pwd\`
fi
# remove .libs from thisdir
case \"\$thisdir\" in
*[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
$objdir ) thisdir=. ;;
esac
fi
# Try to get the absolute directory name.
absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
"
if test yes = "$fast_install"; then
$ECHO "\
program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
{ file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | $SED 1q\`; \\
test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
$MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
else
$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
fi"
$ECHO "\
# relink executable if necessary
if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
else
\$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
exit 1
fi
fi
$MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
$MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
fi"
else
$ECHO "\
program='$outputname'
progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
"
fi
$ECHO "\
if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
# fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
#
# Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending
# to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled
# libraries must come first.
if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
$ECHO "\
# Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
"
fi
# Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
$ECHO "\
# Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
$shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
# Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
# The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
$shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\`
export $shlibpath_var
"
fi
$ECHO "\
if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
# Run the actual program with our arguments.
func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"}
fi
else
# The program doesn't exist.
\$ECHO \"\$0: error: '\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
\$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
\$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
fi\
"
}
# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
{
cat <
#include
#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __GNUC__
# include
# include
# include
#else
# include
# include
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
# include
# endif
#endif
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0)
/* declarations of non-ANSI functions */
#if defined __MINGW32__
# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
_CRTIMP int __cdecl _putenv (const char *);
# endif
#elif defined __CYGWIN__
# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
char *realpath (const char *, char *);
int putenv (char *);
int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
# endif
/* #elif defined other_platform || defined ... */
#endif
/* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */
#if defined _MSC_VER
# define setmode _setmode
# define stat _stat
# define chmod _chmod
# define getcwd _getcwd
# define putenv _putenv
# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
#elif defined __MINGW32__
# define setmode _setmode
# define stat _stat
# define chmod _chmod
# define getcwd _getcwd
# define putenv _putenv
#elif defined __CYGWIN__
# define HAVE_SETENV
# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
/* #elif defined other platforms ... */
#endif
#if defined PATH_MAX
# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
#elif defined MAXPATHLEN
# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
#else
# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
#endif
#ifndef S_IXOTH
# define S_IXOTH 0
#endif
#ifndef S_IXGRP
# define S_IXGRP 0
#endif
/* path handling portability macros */
#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__ || \
defined __OS2__
# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
# endif
# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
# endif
#endif
#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
(((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
#ifndef FOPEN_WB
# define FOPEN_WB "w"
#endif
#ifndef _O_BINARY
# define _O_BINARY 0
#endif
#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
#define XFREE(stale) do { \
if (stale) { free (stale); stale = 0; } \
} while (0)
#if defined LT_DEBUGWRAPPER
static int lt_debug = 1;
#else
static int lt_debug = 0;
#endif
const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */
void *xmalloc (size_t num);
char *xstrdup (const char *string);
const char *base_name (const char *name);
char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
int make_executable (const char *path);
int check_executable (const char *path);
char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...);
void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...);
static const char *nonnull (const char *s);
static const char *nonempty (const char *s);
void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value);
char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end);
void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value);
void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value);
char **prepare_spawn (char **argv);
void lt_dump_script (FILE *f);
EOF
cat <= 0)
&& (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
return 1;
else
return 0;
}
int
make_executable (const char *path)
{
int rval = 0;
struct stat st;
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n",
nonempty (path));
if ((!path) || (!*path))
return 0;
if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
{
rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
}
return rval;
}
/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns
newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
*/
char *
find_executable (const char *wrapper)
{
int has_slash = 0;
const char *p;
const char *p_next;
/* static buffer for getcwd */
char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
size_t tmp_len;
char *concat_name;
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n",
nonempty (wrapper));
if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
return NULL;
/* Absolute path? */
#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
{
concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
if (check_executable (concat_name))
return concat_name;
XFREE (concat_name);
}
else
{
#endif
if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
{
concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
if (check_executable (concat_name))
return concat_name;
XFREE (concat_name);
}
#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
}
#endif
for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
if (*p == '/')
{
has_slash = 1;
break;
}
if (!has_slash)
{
/* no slashes; search PATH */
const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
if (path != NULL)
{
for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
{
const char *q;
size_t p_len;
for (q = p; *q; q++)
if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
break;
p_len = (size_t) (q - p);
p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
if (p_len == 0)
{
/* empty path: current directory */
if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
nonnull (strerror (errno)));
tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
concat_name =
XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
}
else
{
concat_name =
XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
concat_name[p_len] = '/';
strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
}
if (check_executable (concat_name))
return concat_name;
XFREE (concat_name);
}
}
/* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
}
/* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
nonnull (strerror (errno)));
tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
if (check_executable (concat_name))
return concat_name;
XFREE (concat_name);
return NULL;
}
char *
chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
{
#ifndef S_ISLNK
return xstrdup (pathspec);
#else
char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
struct stat s;
char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
char *p;
int has_symlinks = 0;
while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
{
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
tmp_pathspec);
if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
{
if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
{
has_symlinks = 1;
break;
}
/* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
p--;
if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
{
/* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
break;
}
*p = '\0';
}
else
{
lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"error accessing file \"%s\": %s",
tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
}
}
XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
if (!has_symlinks)
{
return xstrdup (pathspec);
}
tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
{
lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
}
return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
#endif
}
char *
strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
{
size_t len, patlen;
assert (str != NULL);
assert (pat != NULL);
len = strlen (str);
patlen = strlen (pat);
if (patlen <= len)
{
str += len - patlen;
if (STREQ (str, pat))
*str = '\0';
}
return str;
}
void
lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
if (lt_debug)
{
(void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line);
va_start (args, fmt);
(void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
va_end (args);
}
}
static void
lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file,
int line, const char *mode,
const char *message, va_list ap)
{
fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode);
vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
if (exit_status >= 0)
exit (exit_status);
}
void
lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list ap;
va_start (ap, message);
lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap);
va_end (ap);
}
static const char *
nonnull (const char *s)
{
return s ? s : "(null)";
}
static const char *
nonempty (const char *s)
{
return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s);
}
void
lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value)
{
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n",
nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
{
#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
/* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */
char *str = xstrdup (value);
setenv (name, str, 1);
#else
size_t len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1;
char *str = XMALLOC (char, len);
sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value);
if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS)
{
XFREE (str);
}
#endif
}
}
char *
lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end)
{
char *new_value;
if (orig_value && *orig_value)
{
size_t orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value);
size_t add_len = strlen (add);
new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1);
if (to_end)
{
strcpy (new_value, orig_value);
strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add);
}
else
{
strcpy (new_value, add);
strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value);
}
}
else
{
new_value = xstrdup (add);
}
return new_value;
}
void
lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value)
{
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
if (name && *name && value && *value)
{
char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
/* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */
size_t len = strlen (new_value);
while ((len > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1]))
{
new_value[--len] = '\0';
}
lt_setenv (name, new_value);
XFREE (new_value);
}
}
void
lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value)
{
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
if (name && *name && value && *value)
{
char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
lt_setenv (name, new_value);
XFREE (new_value);
}
}
EOF
case $host_os in
mingw* | windows*)
cat <<"EOF"
/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn().
Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter
(getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") :
({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO);
GetVersionEx(&v);
v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT;
}) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com").
Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls
CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess()
interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a
special way:
- Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as
delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...".
- Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is
that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal
characters.
- Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special.
- But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become
n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0):
\" -> "
\\\" -> \"
\\\\\" -> \\"
*/
#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
char **
prepare_spawn (char **argv)
{
size_t argc;
char **new_argv;
size_t i;
/* Count number of arguments. */
for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++)
;
/* Allocate new argument vector. */
new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1);
/* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */
for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
{
const char *string = argv[i];
if (string[0] == '\0')
new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\"");
else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL)
{
int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL);
size_t length;
unsigned int backslashes;
const char *s;
char *quoted_string;
char *p;
length = 0;
backslashes = 0;
if (quote_around)
length++;
for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
{
char c = *s;
if (c == '"')
length += backslashes + 1;
length++;
if (c == '\\')
backslashes++;
else
backslashes = 0;
}
if (quote_around)
length += backslashes + 1;
quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1);
p = quoted_string;
backslashes = 0;
if (quote_around)
*p++ = '"';
for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
{
char c = *s;
if (c == '"')
{
unsigned int j;
for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--)
*p++ = '\\';
}
*p++ = c;
if (c == '\\')
backslashes++;
else
backslashes = 0;
}
if (quote_around)
{
unsigned int j;
for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--)
*p++ = '\\';
*p++ = '"';
}
*p = '\0';
new_argv[i] = quoted_string;
}
else
new_argv[i] = (char *) string;
}
new_argv[argc] = NULL;
return new_argv;
}
EOF
;;
esac
cat <<"EOF"
void lt_dump_script (FILE* f)
{
EOF
func_emit_wrapper yes |
$SED -n -e '
s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\
\2/
h
s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g
s/$/\\n/
s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p
g
D'
cat <<"EOF"
}
EOF
}
# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
# func_win32_import_lib_p ARG
# True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd
func_win32_import_lib_p ()
{
$debug_cmd
case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in
*import*) : ;;
*) false ;;
esac
}
# func_suncc_cstd_abi
# !!ONLY CALL THIS FOR SUN CC AFTER $compile_command IS FULLY EXPANDED!!
# Several compiler flags select an ABI that is incompatible with the
# Cstd library. Avoid specifying it if any are in CXXFLAGS.
func_suncc_cstd_abi ()
{
$debug_cmd
case " $compile_command " in
*" -compat=g "*|*\ -std=c++[0-9][0-9]\ *|*" -library=stdcxx4 "*|*" -library=stlport4 "*)
suncc_use_cstd_abi=no
;;
*)
suncc_use_cstd_abi=yes
;;
esac
}
# func_mode_link arg...
func_mode_link ()
{
$debug_cmd
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
# It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
# we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
# what system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
# flag for every libtool invocation.
# allow_undefined=no
# FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
# to make a dll that has undefined symbols, in which case not
# even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify
# -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
# that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
allow_undefined=yes
;;
*)
allow_undefined=yes
;;
esac
libtool_args=$nonopt
base_compile="$nonopt $@"
compile_command=$nonopt
finalize_command=$nonopt
compile_rpath=
finalize_rpath=
compile_shlibpath=
finalize_shlibpath=
convenience=
old_convenience=
deplibs=
old_deplibs=
compiler_flags=
linker_flags=
dllsearchpath=
lib_search_path=`pwd`
inst_prefix_dir=
new_inherited_linker_flags=
avoid_version=no
bindir=
dlfiles=
dlprefiles=
dlself=no
export_dynamic=no
export_symbols=
export_symbols_regex=
generated=
libobjs=
ltlibs=
module=no
no_install=no
objs=
os2dllname=
non_pic_objects=
precious_files_regex=
prefer_static_libs=no
preload=false
prev=
prevarg=
release=
rpath=
xrpath=
perm_rpath=
temp_rpath=
thread_safe=no
vinfo=
vinfo_number=no
weak_libs=
single_module=$wl-single_module
func_infer_tag $base_compile
# We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-shared)
test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \
&& func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library"
build_old_libs=no
break
;;
-all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
case $arg in
-all-static)
if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
fi
if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
fi
prefer_static_libs=yes
;;
-static)
if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
fi
prefer_static_libs=built
;;
-static-libtool-libs)
if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
fi
prefer_static_libs=yes
;;
esac
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
break
;;
esac
done
# See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
# Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
while test "$#" -gt 0; do
arg=$1
shift
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
# If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
if test -n "$prev"; then
case $prev in
output)
func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
;;
esac
case $prev in
bindir)
bindir=$arg
prev=
continue
;;
dlfiles|dlprefiles)
$preload || {
# Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
preload=:
}
case $arg in
*.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below.
force)
if test no = "$dlself"; then
dlself=needless
export_dynamic=yes
fi
prev=
continue
;;
self)
if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
dlself=yes
elif test dlfiles = "$prev" && test yes != "$dlopen_self"; then
dlself=yes
else
dlself=needless
export_dynamic=yes
fi
prev=
continue
;;
*)
if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
func_append dlfiles " $arg"
else
func_append dlprefiles " $arg"
fi
prev=
continue
;;
esac
;;
expsyms)
export_symbols=$arg
test -f "$arg" \
|| func_fatal_error "symbol file '$arg' does not exist"
prev=
continue
;;
expsyms_regex)
export_symbols_regex=$arg
prev=
continue
;;
framework)
case $host in
*-*-darwin*)
case "$deplibs " in
*" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
*) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
;;
esac
;;
esac
prev=
continue
;;
inst_prefix)
inst_prefix_dir=$arg
prev=
continue
;;
mllvm)
# Clang does not use LLVM to link, so we can simply discard any
# '-mllvm $arg' options when doing the link step.
prev=
continue
;;
objectlist)
if test -f "$arg"; then
save_arg=$arg
moreargs=
for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
do
# func_append moreargs " $fil"
arg=$fil
# A libtool-controlled object.
# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
pic_object=
non_pic_object=
# Read the .lo file
func_source "$arg"
if test -z "$pic_object" ||
test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
test none = "$pic_object" &&
test none = "$non_pic_object"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'"
fi
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
xdir=$func_dirname_result
if test none != "$pic_object"; then
# Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
pic_object=$xdir$pic_object
if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then
func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
prev=
continue
else
# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
prev=dlprefiles
fi
fi
# CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
# Preload the old-style object.
func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
prev=
fi
# A PIC object.
func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
arg=$pic_object
fi
# Non-PIC object.
if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
# Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object
# A standard non-PIC object
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then
arg=$non_pic_object
fi
else
# If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
# $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
non_pic_object=$pic_object
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
fi
else
# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
if $opt_dry_run; then
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
xdir=$func_dirname_result
func_lo2o "$arg"
pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
else
func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
fi
fi
done
else
func_fatal_error "link input file '$arg' does not exist"
fi
arg=$save_arg
prev=
continue
;;
os2dllname)
os2dllname=$arg
prev=
continue
;;
precious_regex)
precious_files_regex=$arg
prev=
continue
;;
release)
release=-$arg
prev=
continue
;;
rpath | xrpath)
# We need an absolute path.
case $arg in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
*)
func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
;;
esac
if test rpath = "$prev"; then
case "$rpath " in
*" $arg "*) ;;
*) func_append rpath " $arg" ;;
esac
else
case "$xrpath " in
*" $arg "*) ;;
*) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;;
esac
fi
prev=
continue
;;
shrext)
shrext_cmds=$arg
prev=
continue
;;
weak)
func_append weak_libs " $arg"
prev=
continue
;;
xassembler)
func_append compiler_flags " -Xassembler $qarg"
prev=
func_append compile_command " -Xassembler $qarg"
func_append finalize_command " -Xassembler $qarg"
continue
;;
xcclinker)
func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
prev=
func_append compile_command " $qarg"
func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
continue
;;
xcompiler)
func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
prev=
func_append compile_command " $qarg"
func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
continue
;;
xlinker)
func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg"
prev=
func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
continue
;;
*)
eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
prev=
continue
;;
esac
fi # test -n "$prev"
prevarg=$arg
case $arg in
-all-static)
if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
# See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
fi
continue
;;
-allow-undefined)
# FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
func_fatal_error "'-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
;;
-avoid-version)
avoid_version=yes
continue
;;
-bindir)
prev=bindir
continue
;;
-dlopen)
prev=dlfiles
continue
;;
-dlpreopen)
prev=dlprefiles
continue
;;
-export-dynamic)
export_dynamic=yes
continue
;;
-export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
fi
if test X-export-symbols = "X$arg"; then
prev=expsyms
else
prev=expsyms_regex
fi
continue
;;
-framework)
prev=framework
continue
;;
-inst-prefix-dir)
prev=inst_prefix
continue
;;
# The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
# so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
-L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
case $with_gcc/$host in
no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
;;
esac
continue
;;
-L*)
func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg"
if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then
if test "$#" -gt 0; then
func_fatal_error "require no space between '-L' and '$1'"
else
func_fatal_error "need path for '-L' option"
fi
fi
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# We need an absolute path.
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
*)
absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
test -z "$absdir" && \
func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'"
dir=$absdir
;;
esac
case "$deplibs " in
*" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*)
# Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments
;;
*)
# Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;;
*) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;;
esac
func_append lib_search_path " $dir"
;;
esac
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$dir:"*) ;;
::) dllsearchpath=$dir;;
*) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";;
esac
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$testbindir:"*) ;;
::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
*) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
esac
;;
esac
continue
;;
-l*)
if test X-lc = "X$arg" || test X-lm = "X$arg"; then
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
# These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
continue
;;
*-*-os2*)
# These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
;;
*-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig* | *-*-midnightbsd*)
# Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
;;
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
continue
;;
*-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
# Causes problems with __ctype
test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
;;
*-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
# Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
;;
esac
elif test X-lc_r = "X$arg"; then
case $host in
*-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig* | *-*-midnightbsd*)
# Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
continue
;;
esac
fi
func_append deplibs " $arg"
continue
;;
-mllvm)
prev=mllvm
continue
;;
-module)
module=yes
continue
;;
# Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
# classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
# Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
-model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot)
func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
prev=xcompiler
continue
;;
# Solaris ld rejects as of 11.4. Refer to Oracle bug 22985199.
-pthread)
case $host in
*solaris2*) ;;
*)
case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
*" $arg "*) ;;
* ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;;
esac
;;
esac
continue
;;
-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
|-threads|-fopenmp|-fopenmp=*|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
*" $arg "*) ;;
* ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;;
esac
continue
;;
-multi_module)
single_module=$wl-multi_module
continue
;;
-no-fast-install)
fast_install=no
continue
;;
-no-install)
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*)
# The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
# and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
func_warning "'-no-install' is ignored for $host"
func_warning "assuming '-no-fast-install' instead"
fast_install=no
;;
*) no_install=yes ;;
esac
continue
;;
-no-undefined)
allow_undefined=no
continue
;;
-objectlist)
prev=objectlist
continue
;;
-os2dllname)
prev=os2dllname
continue
;;
-o) prev=output ;;
-precious-files-regex)
prev=precious_regex
continue
;;
-release)
prev=release
continue
;;
-rpath)
prev=rpath
continue
;;
-R)
prev=xrpath
continue
;;
-R*)
func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
dir=$func_stripname_result
# We need an absolute path.
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
=*)
func_stripname '=' '' "$dir"
dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
;;
*)
func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
;;
esac
case "$xrpath " in
*" $dir "*) ;;
*) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
esac
continue
;;
-shared)
# The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
continue
;;
-shrext)
prev=shrext
continue
;;
-static | -static-libtool-libs)
# The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
# We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
# didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
# would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least
# Digital Unix and AIX.
continue
;;
-thread-safe)
thread_safe=yes
continue
;;
-version-info)
prev=vinfo
continue
;;
-version-number)
prev=vinfo
vinfo_number=yes
continue
;;
-weak)
prev=weak
continue
;;
-Wc,*)
func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
args=$func_stripname_result
arg=
save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
for flag in $args; do
IFS=$save_ifs
func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
func_append arg " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
done
IFS=$save_ifs
func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
arg=$func_stripname_result
;;
-Wl,*)
func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
args=$func_stripname_result
arg=
save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
for flag in $args; do
IFS=$save_ifs
func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
done
IFS=$save_ifs
func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
arg=$func_stripname_result
;;
-Xassembler)
prev=xassembler
continue
;;
-Xcompiler)
prev=xcompiler
continue
;;
-Xlinker)
prev=xlinker
continue
;;
-XCClinker)
prev=xcclinker
continue
;;
# -msg_* for osf cc
-msg_*)
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
;;
# Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale:
# -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler
# -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler
# -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler
# +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler
# -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler
# -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC
# -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
# -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC
# -fstack-protector* stack protector flags for GCC
# @file GCC response files
# -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection
# --sysroot=* for sysroot support
# -O*, -g*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization
# -specs=* GCC specs files
# -stdlib=* select c++ std lib with clang
# -fdiagnostics-color* simply affects output
# -frecord-gcc-switches used to verify flags were respected
# -fsanitize=* Clang/GCC memory and address sanitizer
# -fno-sanitize* Clang/GCC memory and address sanitizer
# -shared-libsan Link with shared sanitizer runtimes (Clang)
# -static-libsan Link with static sanitizer runtimes (Clang)
# -no-canonical-prefixes Do not expand any symbolic links
# -fuse-ld=* Linker select flags for GCC
# -static-* direct GCC to link specific libraries statically
# -fcilkplus Cilk Plus language extension features for C/C++
# -rtlib=* select c runtime lib with clang
# --unwindlib=* select unwinder library with clang
# -f{file|debug|macro|profile}-prefix-map=* needed for lto linking
# -Wa,* Pass flags directly to the assembler
# -Werror, -Werror=* Report (specified) warnings as errors
-64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
-t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \
-O*|-g*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin|-fstack-protector*|-no-canonical-prefixes| \
-stdlib=*|-rtlib=*|--unwindlib=*| \
-specs=*|-fsanitize=*|-fno-sanitize*|-shared-libsan|-static-libsan| \
-ffile-prefix-map=*|-fdebug-prefix-map=*|-fmacro-prefix-map=*|-fprofile-prefix-map=*| \
-fdiagnostics-color*|-frecord-gcc-switches| \
-fuse-ld=*|-static-*|-fcilkplus|-Wa,*|-Werror|-Werror=*)
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
continue
;;
-Z*)
if test os2 = "`expr $host : '.*\(os2\)'`"; then
# OS/2 uses -Zxxx to specify OS/2-specific options
compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
case $arg in
-Zlinker | -Zstack)
prev=xcompiler
;;
esac
continue
else
# Otherwise treat like 'Some other compiler flag' below
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
fi
;;
# Some other compiler flag.
-* | +*)
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
;;
*.$objext)
# A standard object.
func_append objs " $arg"
;;
*.lo)
# A libtool-controlled object.
# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
pic_object=
non_pic_object=
# Read the .lo file
func_source "$arg"
if test -z "$pic_object" ||
test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
test none = "$pic_object" &&
test none = "$non_pic_object"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'"
fi
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
xdir=$func_dirname_result
test none = "$pic_object" || {
# Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
pic_object=$xdir$pic_object
if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then
func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
prev=
continue
else
# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
prev=dlprefiles
fi
fi
# CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
# Preload the old-style object.
func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
prev=
fi
# A PIC object.
func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
arg=$pic_object
}
# Non-PIC object.
if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
# Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object
# A standard non-PIC object
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then
arg=$non_pic_object
fi
else
# If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
# $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
non_pic_object=$pic_object
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
fi
else
# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
if $opt_dry_run; then
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
xdir=$func_dirname_result
func_lo2o "$arg"
pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
else
func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
fi
fi
;;
*.$libext)
# An archive.
func_append deplibs " $arg"
func_append old_deplibs " $arg"
continue
;;
*.la)
# A libtool-controlled library.
func_resolve_sysroot "$arg"
if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
# This library was specified with -dlopen.
func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
prev=
elif test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
# The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
prev=
else
func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
fi
continue
;;
# Some other compiler argument.
*)
# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result
;;
esac # arg
# Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
if test -n "$arg"; then
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
fi
done # argument parsing loop
test -n "$prev" && \
func_fatal_help "the '$prevarg' option requires an argument"
if test yes = "$export_dynamic" && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
fi
oldlibs=
# calculate the name of the file, without its directory
func_basename "$output"
outputname=$func_basename_result
libobjs_save=$libobjs
if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
# get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\`
else
shlib_search_path=
fi
eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
# Definition is injected by LT_CONFIG during libtool generation.
func_munge_path_list sys_lib_dlsearch_path "$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH"
func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
output_objdir=$func_dirname_result$objdir
func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/"
tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result
# Create the object directory.
func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
# Determine the type of output
case $output in
"")
func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
;;
*.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
*.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
*.la) linkmode=lib ;;
*) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
esac
specialdeplibs=
libs=
# Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
# that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
for deplib in $deplibs; do
if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
case "$libs " in
*" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
func_append libs " $deplib"
done
if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
# Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
# $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
# not to be eliminated).
pre_post_deps=
if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
case "$pre_post_deps " in
*" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;;
esac
func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep"
done
fi
pre_post_deps=
fi
deplibs=
newdependency_libs=
newlib_search_path=
need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
case $linkmode in
lib)
passes="conv dlpreopen link"
for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
case $file in
*.la) ;;
*)
func_fatal_help "libraries can '-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
;;
esac
done
;;
prog)
compile_deplibs=
finalize_deplibs=
alldeplibs=false
newdlfiles=
newdlprefiles=
passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
;;
*) passes="conv"
;;
esac
for pass in $passes; do
# The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
# so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
## order, and fix it there properly
tmp_deplibs=
for deplib in $deplibs; do
tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
done
deplibs=$tmp_deplibs
fi
if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
libs=$deplibs
deplibs=
fi
if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
case $pass in
dlopen) libs=$dlfiles ;;
dlpreopen) libs=$dlprefiles ;;
link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
esac
fi
if test lib,dlpreopen = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
# Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
for lib in $dlprefiles; do
# Ignore non-libtool-libs
dependency_libs=
func_resolve_sysroot "$lib"
case $lib in
*.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
esac
# Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
# has declared as weak libs
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
func_basename "$deplib"
deplib_base=$func_basename_result
case " $weak_libs " in
*" $deplib_base "*) ;;
*) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
done
libs=$dlprefiles
fi
if test dlopen = "$pass"; then
# Collect dlpreopened libraries
save_deplibs=$deplibs
deplibs=
fi
for deplib in $libs; do
lib=
found=false
case $deplib in
-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
|-threads|-fopenmp|-fopenmp=*|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
func_append compiler_flags " $deplib"
if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
* ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
fi
continue
;;
-l*)
if test lib != "$linkmode" && test prog != "$linkmode"; then
func_warning "'-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
continue
fi
func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
name=$func_stripname_result
if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
else
searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
fi
for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
# Search the libtool library
lib=$searchdir/lib$name$search_ext
if test -f "$lib"; then
if test .la = "$search_ext"; then
found=:
else
found=false
fi
break 2
fi
done
done
if $found; then
# deplib is a libtool library
# If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
# We need to do some special things here, and not later.
if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
case " $predeps $postdeps " in
*" $deplib "*)
if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
library_names=
old_library=
func_source "$lib"
for l in $old_library $library_names; do
ll=$l
done
if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library"; then # only static version available
found=false
func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
ladir=$func_dirname_result
lib=$ladir/$old_library
if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
fi
continue
fi
fi
;;
*) ;;
esac
fi
else
# deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
fi
continue
fi
;; # -l
*.ltframework)
if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
* ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
fi
continue
;;
-L*)
case $linkmode in
lib)
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
test conv = "$pass" && continue
newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
;;
prog)
if test conv = "$pass"; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
continue
fi
if test scan = "$pass"; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
else
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
fi
func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
;;
*)
func_warning "'-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
;;
esac # linkmode
continue
;; # -L
-R*)
if test link = "$pass"; then
func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
case "$xrpath " in
*" $dir "*) ;;
*) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
esac
fi
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
continue
;;
*.la)
func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
;;
*.$libext)
if test conv = "$pass"; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
continue
fi
case $linkmode in
lib)
# Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
# but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*)
valid_a_lib=false
case $deplibs_check_method in
match_pattern*)
set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \
| $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
valid_a_lib=:
fi
;;
pass_all)
valid_a_lib=:
;;
esac
if $valid_a_lib; then
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
$ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
else
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
fi
;;
esac
continue
;;
prog)
if test link != "$pass"; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
else
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
fi
continue
;;
esac # linkmode
;; # *.$libext
*.lo | *.$objext)
if test conv = "$pass"; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then
if test dlpreopen = "$pass" || test yes != "$dlopen_support" || test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
# If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
# we need to preload.
func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib"
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
func_append newdlfiles " $deplib"
fi
fi
continue
;;
%DEPLIBS%)
alldeplibs=:
continue
;;
esac # case $deplib
$found || test -f "$lib" \
|| func_fatal_error "cannot find the library '$lib' or unhandled argument '$deplib'"
# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
|| func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
ladir=$func_dirname_result
dlname=
dlopen=
dlpreopen=
libdir=
library_names=
old_library=
inherited_linker_flags=
# If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
# it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
installed=yes
shouldnotlink=no
avoidtemprpath=
# Read the .la file
func_source "$lib"
# Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
*" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
*) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
esac
done
fi
dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
{ test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; }; then
test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen"
test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen"
fi
if test conv = "$pass"; then
# Only check for convenience libraries
deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
if test -z "$libdir"; then
if test -z "$old_library"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'"
fi
# It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
elif test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; then
func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a convenience library"
fi
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
case "$tmp_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
done
continue
fi # $pass = conv
# Get the name of the library we link against.
linklib=
if test -n "$old_library" &&
{ test yes = "$prefer_static_libs" ||
test built,no = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; }; then
linklib=$old_library
else
for l in $old_library $library_names; do
linklib=$l
done
fi
if test -z "$linklib"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'"
fi
# This library was specified with -dlopen.
if test dlopen = "$pass"; then
test -z "$libdir" \
&& func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: '$lib'"
if test -z "$dlname" ||
test yes != "$dlopen_support" ||
test no = "$build_libtool_libs"
then
# If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
# statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any
# dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
# bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs"
else
func_append newdlfiles " $lib"
fi
continue
fi # $pass = dlopen
# We need an absolute path.
case $ladir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir=$ladir ;;
*)
abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$ladir'"
func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
abs_ladir=$ladir
fi
;;
esac
func_basename "$lib"
laname=$func_basename_result
# Find the relevant object directory and library name.
if test yes = "$installed"; then
if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
func_warning "library '$lib' was moved."
dir=$ladir
absdir=$abs_ladir
libdir=$abs_ladir
else
dir=$lt_sysroot$libdir
absdir=$lt_sysroot$libdir
fi
test yes = "$hardcode_automatic" && avoidtemprpath=yes
else
if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
dir=$ladir
absdir=$abs_ladir
# Remove this search path later
func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
else
dir=$ladir/$objdir
absdir=$abs_ladir/$objdir
# Remove this search path later
func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
fi
fi # $installed = yes
func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
name=$func_stripname_result
# This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then
if test -z "$libdir" && test prog = "$linkmode"; then
func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: '$lib'"
fi
case $host in
# special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs.
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* )
# Linker will automatically link against shared library if both
# static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract
# symbols from the import library if a shared library is present
# (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do
# this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles.
# We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file
# name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the
# dlname from the la file.
if test -n "$dlname"; then
func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib"
eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname"
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
else
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
# Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
# that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
fi
;;
* )
# Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
# are required to link).
if test -n "$old_library"; then
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
# Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
# that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
# Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
elif test -n "$dlname"; then
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname"
else
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
fi
;;
esac
fi # $pass = dlpreopen
if test -z "$libdir"; then
# Link the convenience library
if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
elif test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
else
deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
fi
continue
fi
if test prog = "$linkmode" && test link != "$pass"; then
func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir"
deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
linkalldeplibs=false
if test no != "$link_all_deplibs" || test -z "$library_names" ||
test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
linkalldeplibs=:
fi
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
case $deplib in
-L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
;;
esac
# Need to link against all dependency_libs?
if $linkalldeplibs; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
else
# Need to hardcode shared library paths
# or/and link against static libraries
newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
fi
if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
case "$tmp_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
done # for deplib
continue
fi # $linkmode = prog...
if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
if test -n "$library_names" &&
{ { test no = "$prefer_static_libs" ||
test built,yes = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; } ||
test -z "$old_library"; }; then
# We need to hardcode the library path
if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath"; then
# Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
case $temp_rpath: in
*"$absdir:"*) ;;
*) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;;
esac
fi
# Hardcode the library path.
# Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
# search path.
case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
*" $absdir "*) ;;
*)
case "$compile_rpath " in
*" $absdir "*) ;;
*) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*)
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
if $alldeplibs &&
{ test pass_all = "$deplibs_check_method" ||
{ test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" &&
test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
# We only need to search for static libraries
continue
fi
fi
link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
if test built = "$use_static_libs" && test yes = "$installed"; then
use_static_libs=no
fi
if test -n "$library_names" &&
{ test no = "$use_static_libs" || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | cegcc* | os2*)
# No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
need_relink=no
;;
*)
if test no = "$installed"; then
func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
need_relink=yes
fi
;;
esac
# This is a shared library
# Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
# systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
dlopenmodule=
for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
dlopenmodule=$dlpremoduletest
break
fi
done
if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test yes = "$shouldnotlink" && test link = "$pass"; then
echo
if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
else
$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
fi
$ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
fi
if test lib = "$linkmode" &&
test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then
# Hardcode the library path.
# Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
# search path.
case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
*" $absdir "*) ;;
*)
case "$compile_rpath " in
*" $absdir "*) ;;
*) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*)
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
fi
if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
# figure out the soname
set dummy $library_names
shift
realname=$1
shift
libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
# use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
if test -n "$dlname"; then
soname=$dlname
elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
# bleh windows
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | cegcc* | os2*)
func_arith $current - $age
major=$func_arith_result
versuffix=-$major
;;
esac
eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
else
soname=$realname
fi
# Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
soroot=$soname
func_basename "$soroot"
soname=$func_basename_result
func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
# If the library has no export list, then create one now
if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
else
func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from '$soname'"
func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# Create $newlib
if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
func_verbose "generating import library for '$soname'"
func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
dir=$output_objdir
linklib=$newlib
fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink != "$opt_mode"; then
add_shlibpath=
add_dir=
add=
lib_linked=yes
case $hardcode_action in
immediate | unsupported)
if test no = "$hardcode_direct"; then
add=$dir/$linklib
case $host in
*-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
*-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
*-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
*-*-unixware7*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
*-*-darwin* )
# if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we cannot
# link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
$GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null; then
if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
$ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
if test -z "$old_library"; then
echo
echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
else
add=$dir/$old_library
fi
elif test -n "$old_library"; then
add=$dir/$old_library
fi
fi
esac
elif test no = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
case $host in
*-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath=$dir ;;
esac
add_dir=-L$dir
add=-l$name
elif test no = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
add_shlibpath=$dir
add=-l$name
else
lib_linked=no
fi
;;
relink)
if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" &&
test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then
add=$dir/$linklib
elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
add_dir=-L$absdir
# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
case $libdir in
[\\/]*)
func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
add=-l$name
elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
add_shlibpath=$dir
add=-l$name
else
lib_linked=no
fi
;;
*) lib_linked=no ;;
esac
if test yes != "$lib_linked"; then
func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
fi
if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
case :$compile_shlibpath: in
*":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
*) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;;
esac
fi
if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
else
test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
if test yes != "$hardcode_direct" &&
test yes != "$hardcode_minus_L" &&
test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
*":$libdir:"*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
esac
fi
fi
fi
if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
add_shlibpath=
add_dir=
add=
# Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" &&
test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then
add=$libdir/$linklib
elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
add_dir=-L$lt_sysroot$libdir
add=-l$name
elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
*":$libdir:"*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
esac
add=-l$name
elif test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then
if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"; then
add=$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib
else
add=$libdir/$linklib
fi
else
# We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
add_dir=-L$lt_sysroot$libdir
# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
case $libdir in
[\\/]*)
func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
add=-l$name
fi
if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
else
test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
fi
fi
elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then
# Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
# is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and
# shared platforms.
if test unsupported != "$hardcode_direct"; then
test -n "$old_library" && linklib=$old_library
compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
else
compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
fi
elif test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
# Not a shared library
if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
# We're trying link a shared library against a static one
# but the system doesn't support it.
# Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
# that the program can be linked against the static library.
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: This system cannot link to static lib archive $lib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
if test yes = "$module"; then
echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
echo
echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
fi
if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
build_libtool_libs=module
build_old_libs=yes
else
build_libtool_libs=no
fi
fi
else
deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
link_static=yes
fi
fi # link shared/static library?
if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
{ test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" ||
test yes = "$build_old_libs" ||
test yes = "$link_static"; }; then
# Extract -R from dependency_libs
temp_deplibs=
for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
case $libdir in
-R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
case " $xrpath " in
*" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
*) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";;
esac;;
*) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";;
esac
done
dependency_libs=$temp_deplibs
fi
func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir"
# Link against this library
test no = "$link_static" && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
# ... and its dependency_libs
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
case $deplib in
-L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";;
*) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;;
esac
if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
case "$tmp_libs " in
*" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*)
func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
esac
fi
func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
done
if test no != "$link_all_deplibs"; then
# Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
path=
case $deplib in
-L*) path=$deplib ;;
*.la)
func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
dir=$func_dirname_result
# We need an absolute path.
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir=$dir ;;
*)
absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
if test -z "$absdir"; then
func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'"
absdir=$dir
fi
;;
esac
if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
case $host in
*-*-darwin*)
depdepl=
eval deplibrary_names=`$SED -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
if test -n "$deplibrary_names"; then
for tmp in $deplibrary_names; do
depdepl=$tmp
done
if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"; then
depdepl=$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl
darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL64 -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
fi
func_append compiler_flags " $wl-dylib_file $wl$darwin_install_name:$depdepl"
func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file $darwin_install_name:$depdepl"
path=
fi
fi
;;
*)
path=-L$absdir/$objdir
;;
esac
else
eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
func_warning "'$deplib' seems to be moved"
path=-L$absdir
fi
;;
esac
case " $deplibs " in
*" $path "*) ;;
*) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;;
esac
done
fi # link_all_deplibs != no
fi # linkmode = lib
done # for deplib in $libs
if test link = "$pass"; then
if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
else
compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
fi
fi
dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs
if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then
# Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
done
fi
if test dlopen != "$pass"; then
test conv = "$pass" || {
# Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
lib_search_path=
for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
case "$lib_search_path " in
*" $dir "*) ;;
*) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;;
esac
done
newlib_search_path=
}
if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
else
vars=deplibs
fi
for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
# Add libraries to $var in reverse order
eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
new_libs=
for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
# FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
# that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
# broken:
#new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
# Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
# practice:
case $deplib in
-L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
-R*) ;;
*)
# And here is the reason: when a library appears more
# than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
# is implicitly linked in more than once by the
# compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
# occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this
# with having the same library being listed as a
# dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
# we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
# need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
# last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare
# enough that we require users that really mean to play
# such unportable linking tricks to link the library
# using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
# for duplicate removal.
case " $specialdeplibs " in
*" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
*)
case " $new_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
esac
done
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $new_libs; do
case $deplib in
-L*)
case " $tmp_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
;;
*) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
done # for var
fi
# Add Sun CC postdeps if required:
test CXX = "$tagname" && {
case $host_os in
linux*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | $SED 5q` in
*Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9
func_suncc_cstd_abi
if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then
func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun'
fi
;;
esac
;;
solaris*)
func_cc_basename "$CC"
case $func_cc_basename_result in
CC* | sunCC*)
func_suncc_cstd_abi
if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then
func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun'
fi
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
# Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
# (they stay in deplibs)
tmp_libs=
for i in $dependency_libs; do
case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
*" $i "*)
i=
;;
esac
if test -n "$i"; then
func_append tmp_libs " $i"
fi
done
dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
done # for pass
if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
dlfiles=$newdlfiles
fi
if test prog = "$linkmode" || test lib = "$linkmode"; then
dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
fi
case $linkmode in
oldlib)
if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
fi
case " $deplibs" in
*\ -l* | *\ -L*)
func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
esac
test -n "$rpath" && \
func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for archives"
test -n "$xrpath" && \
func_warning "'-R' is ignored for archives"
test -n "$vinfo" && \
func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
test -n "$release" && \
func_warning "'-release' is ignored for archives"
test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
func_warning "'-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
# Now set the variables for building old libraries.
build_libtool_libs=no
oldlibs=$output
func_append objs "$old_deplibs"
;;
lib)
# Make sure we only generate libraries of the form 'libNAME.la'.
case $outputname in
lib*)
func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
name=$func_stripname_result
eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
;;
*)
test no = "$module" \
&& func_fatal_help "libtool library '$output' must begin with 'lib'"
if test no != "$need_lib_prefix"; then
# Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
name=$func_stripname_result
eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
else
func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
libname=$func_stripname_result
fi
;;
esac
if test -n "$objs"; then
if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library '$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
else
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
$ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
func_append libobjs " $objs"
fi
fi
test no = "$dlself" \
|| func_warning "'-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
set dummy $rpath
shift
test 1 -lt "$#" \
&& func_warning "ignoring multiple '-rpath's for a libtool library"
install_libdir=$1
oldlibs=
if test -z "$rpath"; then
if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
# Building a libtool convenience library.
# Some compilers have problems with a '.al' extension so
# convenience libraries should have the same extension an
# archive normally would.
oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
build_libtool_libs=convenience
build_old_libs=yes
fi
test -n "$vinfo" && \
func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
test -n "$release" && \
func_warning "'-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
else
# Parse the version information argument.
save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=:
set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
shift
IFS=$save_ifs
test -n "$7" && \
func_fatal_help "too many parameters to '-version-info'"
# convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
# this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
# to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
case $vinfo_number in
yes)
number_major=$1
number_minor=$2
number_revision=$3
#
# There are really only two kinds -- those that
# use the current revision as the major version
# and those that subtract age and use age as
# a minor version. But, then there is irix
# that has an extra 1 added just for fun
#
case $version_type in
# correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
darwin|freebsd-elf|linux|midnightbsd-elf|osf|qnx|windows|none)
func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
current=$func_arith_result
age=$number_minor
revision=$number_revision
;;
freebsd-aout|sco|sunos)
current=$number_major
revision=$number_minor
age=0
;;
irix|nonstopux)
func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
current=$func_arith_result
age=$number_minor
revision=$number_minor
lt_irix_increment=no
;;
esac
;;
no)
current=$1
revision=$2
age=$3
;;
esac
# Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
case $current in
0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
*)
func_error "CURRENT '$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
;;
esac
case $revision in
0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
*)
func_error "REVISION '$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
;;
esac
case $age in
0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
*)
func_error "AGE '$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
;;
esac
if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
func_error "AGE '$age' is greater than the current interface number '$current'"
func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
fi
# Calculate the version variables.
major=
versuffix=
verstring=
case $version_type in
none) ;;
darwin)
# Like Linux, but with the current version available in
# verstring for coding it into the library header
func_arith $current - $age
major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
# Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
func_arith $current + 1
minor_current=$func_arith_result
xlcverstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision"
verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
# On Darwin other compilers
case $CC in
nagfor*)
verstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision"
;;
*)
verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
;;
esac
;;
freebsd-aout)
major=.$current
versuffix=.$current.$revision
;;
freebsd-elf | midnightbsd-elf)
func_arith $current - $age
major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
;;
irix | nonstopux)
if test no = "$lt_irix_increment"; then
func_arith $current - $age
else
func_arith $current - $age + 1
fi
major=$func_arith_result
case $version_type in
nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
*) verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
esac
verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$revision
# Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
loop=$revision
while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do
func_arith $revision - $loop
iface=$func_arith_result
func_arith $loop - 1
loop=$func_arith_result
verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring
done
# Before this point, $major must not contain '.'.
major=.$major
versuffix=$major.$revision
;;
linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
func_arith $current - $age
major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
;;
osf)
func_arith $current - $age
major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix=.$current.$age.$revision
verstring=$current.$age.$revision
# Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
loop=$age
while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do
func_arith $current - $loop
iface=$func_arith_result
func_arith $loop - 1
loop=$func_arith_result
verstring=$verstring:$iface.0
done
# Make executables depend on our current version.
func_append verstring ":$current.0"
;;
qnx)
func_arith $current - $age
major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
;;
sco)
major=.$current
versuffix=.$current
;;
sunos)
major=.$current
versuffix=.$current.$revision
;;
windows)
# Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
# extension on DOS 8.3 file systems.
func_arith $current - $age
major=$func_arith_result
versuffix=-$major
;;
*)
func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type '$version_type'"
;;
esac
# Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
major=
case $version_type in
darwin)
# we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
# problems, so we reset it completely
verstring=
;;
*)
verstring=0.0
;;
esac
if test no = "$need_version"; then
versuffix=
else
versuffix=.0.0
fi
fi
# Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
if test yes,no = "$avoid_version,$need_version"; then
major=
versuffix=
verstring=
fi
# Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
if test yes = "$allow_undefined"; then
if test unsupported = "$allow_undefined_flag"; then
if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries; building static only"
build_libtool_libs=no
else
func_fatal_error "can't build $host shared library unless -no-undefined is specified"
fi
fi
else
# Don't allow undefined symbols.
allow_undefined_flag=$no_undefined_flag
fi
fi
func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" :
func_append libobjs " $symfileobj"
test " " = "$libobjs" && libobjs=
if test relink != "$opt_mode"; then
# Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
# may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
removelist=
tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
for p in $tempremovelist; do
case $p in
*.$objext | *.gcno)
;;
$output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/$libname$release.*)
if test -n "$precious_files_regex"; then
if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
continue
fi
fi
func_append removelist " $p"
;;
*) ;;
esac
done
test -n "$removelist" && \
func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
fi
# Now set the variables for building old libraries.
if test yes = "$build_old_libs" && test convenience != "$build_libtool_libs"; then
func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
# Transform .lo files to .o files.
oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`
fi
# Eliminate all temporary directories.
#for path in $notinst_path; do
# lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"`
# deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
# dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
#done
if test -n "$xrpath"; then
# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
temp_xrpath=
for libdir in $xrpath; do
func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
done
if test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" || test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
fi
fi
# Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
old_dlfiles=$dlfiles
dlfiles=
for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
*" $lib "*) ;;
*) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;;
esac
done
# Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
old_dlprefiles=$dlprefiles
dlprefiles=
for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
case "$dlprefiles " in
*" $lib "*) ;;
*) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;;
esac
done
if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
if test -n "$rpath"; then
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
# these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
;;
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
;;
*-*-netbsd*)
# Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
;;
*-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-midnightbsd*)
# Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
;;
*-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
# Causes problems with __ctype
;;
*-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
# Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
;;
*)
# Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
if test yes = "$build_libtool_need_lc"; then
func_append deplibs " -lc"
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
name_save=$name
libname_save=$libname
release_save=$release
versuffix_save=$versuffix
major_save=$major
# I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think
# release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
# add it in twice. Is that correct?
release=
versuffix=
major=
newdeplibs=
droppeddeps=no
case $deplibs_check_method in
pass_all)
# Don't check for shared/static. Everything works.
# This might be a little naive. We might want to check
# whether the library exists or not. But this is on
# osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
# implementing what was already the behavior.
newdeplibs=$deplibs
;;
test_compile)
# This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
# limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it
# against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check
# whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
$opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
cat > conftest.c </dev/null`
$nocaseglob
else
potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
fi
for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
# Follow soft links.
if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
$GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
continue
fi
# The statement above tries to avoid entering an
# endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
# We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
# loop can be closed while we follow links,
# but so what?
potlib=$potent_lib
while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | $SED 's/.* -> //'`
case $potliblink in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib=$potliblink;;
*) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's|[^/]*$||'`"$potliblink";;
esac
done
if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
$SED -e 10q |
$EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
a_deplib=
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
droppeddeps=yes
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
if test -z "$potlib"; then
$ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
else
$ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
$ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
fi
fi
;;
*)
# Add a -L argument.
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
;;
esac
done # Gone through all deplibs.
;;
match_pattern*)
set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
case $a_deplib in
-l*)
func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
name=$func_stripname_result
if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
case " $predeps $postdeps " in
*" $a_deplib "*)
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
a_deplib=
;;
esac
fi
if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
potlib=$potent_lib # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \
$EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
a_deplib=
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
droppeddeps=yes
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
if test -z "$potlib"; then
$ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
else
$ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
$ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
fi
fi
;;
*)
# Add a -L argument.
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
;;
esac
done # Gone through all deplibs.
;;
none | unknown | *)
newdeplibs=
tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
for i in $predeps $postdeps; do
# can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s|$i||"`
done
fi
case $tmp_deplibs in
*[!\ \ ]*)
echo
if test none = "$deplibs_check_method"; then
echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
else
echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
fi
echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
droppeddeps=yes
;;
esac
;;
esac
versuffix=$versuffix_save
major=$major_save
release=$release_save
libname=$libname_save
name=$name_save
case $host in
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
;;
esac
if test yes = "$droppeddeps"; then
if test yes = "$module"; then
echo
echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
$ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create"
echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
echo
echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
fi
if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext
build_libtool_libs=module
build_old_libs=yes
else
build_libtool_libs=no
fi
else
echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
if test no = "$allow_undefined"; then
echo
echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext
build_libtool_libs=module
build_old_libs=yes
else
build_libtool_libs=no
fi
fi
fi
fi
# Done checking deplibs!
deplibs=$newdeplibs
fi
# Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
case $host in
*-*-darwin*)
newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
;;
esac
# move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
# installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
new_libs=
for path in $notinst_path; do
case " $new_libs " in
*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
*)
case " $deplibs " in
*" -L$path/$objdir "*)
func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
done
for deplib in $deplibs; do
case $deplib in
-L*)
case " $new_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
;;
*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
deplibs=$new_libs
# All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
library_names=
old_library=
dlname=
# Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
# Remove $wl instances when linking with ld.
# FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable.
case $archive_cmds in
*\$LD\ *) wl= ;;
esac
if test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then
# Hardcode the library paths
hardcode_libdirs=
dep_rpath=
rpath=$finalize_rpath
test relink = "$opt_mode" || rpath=$compile_rpath$rpath
for libdir in $rpath; do
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result
if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
else
# Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
*"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
;;
*)
func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
else
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
func_append dep_rpath " $flag"
fi
elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
case "$perm_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
done
# Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
fi
if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
# We should set the runpath_var.
rpath=
for dir in $perm_rpath; do
func_append rpath "$dir:"
done
eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
fi
test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
fi
shlibpath=$finalize_shlibpath
test relink = "$opt_mode" || shlibpath=$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath
if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
fi
# Get the real and link names of the library.
eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
set dummy $library_names
shift
realname=$1
shift
if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
else
soname=$realname
fi
if test -z "$dlname"; then
dlname=$soname
fi
lib=$output_objdir/$realname
linknames=
for link
do
func_append linknames " $link"
done
# Use standard objects if they are pic
test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
delfiles=
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
$opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.uexp
func_append delfiles " $export_symbols"
fi
orig_export_symbols=
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | cegcc*)
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
# exporting using user supplied symfile
func_dll_def_p "$export_symbols" || {
# and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
# which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
# them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
# export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
# the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
# include_expsyms logic still works.
orig_export_symbols=$export_symbols
export_symbols=
always_export_symbols=yes
}
fi
;;
esac
# Prepare the list of exported symbols
if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
if test yes = "$always_export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'"
export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp
$opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
for cmd1 in $cmds; do
IFS=$save_ifs
# Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch
# doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed.
case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in
*~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*)
try_normal_branch=yes
eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
func_len " $cmd"
len=$func_len_result
;;
*)
try_normal_branch=no
;;
esac
if test yes = "$try_normal_branch" \
&& { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \
|| test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; }
then
func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
skipped_export=false
elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then
func_basename "$output"
output_la=$func_basename_result
save_libobjs=$libobjs
save_output=$output
output=$output_objdir/$output_la.nm
func_to_tool_file "$output"
libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result
func_append delfiles " $output"
func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output"
for obj in $save_libobjs; do
func_to_tool_file "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
done > "$output"
eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
output=$save_output
libobjs=$save_libobjs
skipped_export=false
else
# The command line is too long to execute in one step.
func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
skipped_export=:
# Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
# set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
break
fi
done
IFS=$save_ifs
if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test : != "$skipped_export"; then
func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols
test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols
$opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
fi
if test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
# The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
# FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
# 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
# though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
# global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
# isn't a blessed tool.
$opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
$opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
fi
tmp_deplibs=
for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
case " $convenience " in
*" $test_deplib "*) ;;
*)
func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib"
;;
esac
done
deplibs=$tmp_deplibs
if test -n "$convenience"; then
if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
test yes = "$compiler_needs_object" &&
test -z "$libobjs"; then
# extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
# TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
whole_archive_flag_spec=
fi
if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
save_libobjs=$libobjs
eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
else
gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
fi
fi
if test yes = "$thread_safe" && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
func_append linker_flags " $flag"
fi
# Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
$opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
fi
# Do each of the archive commands.
if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
else
eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
cmds=$module_cmds
fi
else
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
else
eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
cmds=$archive_cmds
fi
fi
if test : != "$skipped_export" &&
func_len " $test_cmds" &&
len=$func_len_result &&
test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
:
else
# The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
# or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
# script.
# Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
# use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
# want to use save_libobjs as it was before
# whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
# assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
# This may have to be revisited, in case too many
# convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
# the spec.
if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
save_libobjs=$libobjs
fi
save_output=$output
func_basename "$output"
output_la=$func_basename_result
# Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
# initialize k to one.
test_cmds=
concat_cmds=
objlist=
last_robj=
k=1
if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnkscript
func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
echo 'INPUT (' > $output
for obj in $save_libobjs
do
func_to_tool_file "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
done
echo ')' >> $output
func_append delfiles " $output"
func_to_tool_file "$output"
output=$func_to_tool_file_result
elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$file_list_spec"; then
output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnk
func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
: > $output
set x $save_libobjs
shift
firstobj=
if test yes = "$compiler_needs_object"; then
firstobj="$1 "
shift
fi
for obj
do
func_to_tool_file "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
done
func_append delfiles " $output"
func_to_tool_file "$output"
output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\"
else
if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
func_len " $test_cmds"
len0=$func_len_result
len=$len0
# Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
for obj in $save_libobjs
do
func_len " $obj"
func_arith $len + $func_len_result
len=$func_arith_result
if test -z "$objlist" ||
test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
func_append objlist " $obj"
else
# The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
# command to the queue.
if test 1 -eq "$k"; then
# The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
reload_objs=$objlist
eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
else
# All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
# the last one created.
reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
fi
last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
func_arith $k + 1
k=$func_arith_result
output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
objlist=" $obj"
func_len " $last_robj"
func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
len=$func_arith_result
fi
done
# Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
# reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object
# files will link in the last one created.
test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$reload_cmds\"
if test -n "$last_robj"; then
eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
fi
func_append delfiles " $output"
else
output=
fi
${skipped_export-false} && {
func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'"
export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp
$opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
libobjs=$output
# Append the command to create the export file.
test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
if test -n "$last_robj"; then
eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
fi
}
test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
# Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
IFS=$save_ifs
$opt_quiet || {
func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
}
$opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
lt_exit=$?
# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
( cd "$output_objdir" && \
$RM "${realname}T" && \
$MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
fi
exit $lt_exit
}
done
IFS=$save_ifs
if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
fi
fi
${skipped_export-false} && {
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols
test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols
$opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
fi
if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
# The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
# FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
# 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
# though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
# global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
# isn't a blessed tool.
$opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
$opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
fi
}
libobjs=$output
# Restore the value of output.
output=$save_output
if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
fi
# Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
# value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
# Do each of the archive commands.
if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
else
cmds=$module_cmds
fi
else
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
else
cmds=$archive_cmds
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$delfiles"; then
# Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
fi
# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
fi
save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
for cmd in $cmds; do
IFS=$sp$nl
eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
IFS=$save_ifs
$opt_quiet || {
func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
}
$opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
lt_exit=$?
# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
( cd "$output_objdir" && \
$RM "${realname}T" && \
$MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
fi
exit $lt_exit
}
done
IFS=$save_ifs
# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
$opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
if test -n "$convenience"; then
if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
# Create links to the real library.
for linkname in $linknames; do
if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
fi
done
# If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
if test yes = "$module" || test yes = "$export_dynamic"; then
# On all known operating systems, these are identical.
dlname=$soname
fi
fi
;;
obj)
if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
fi
case " $deplibs" in
*\ -l* | *\ -L*)
func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
esac
test -n "$rpath" && \
func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for objects"
test -n "$xrpath" && \
func_warning "'-R' is ignored for objects"
test -n "$vinfo" && \
func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for objects"
test -n "$release" && \
func_warning "'-release' is ignored for objects"
case $output in
*.lo)
test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
func_fatal_error "cannot build library object '$output' from non-libtool objects"
libobj=$output
func_lo2o "$libobj"
obj=$func_lo2o_result
;;
*)
libobj=
obj=$output
;;
esac
# Delete the old objects.
$opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
# Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes
# single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create
# different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
# the extraction.
reload_conv_objs=
gentop=
# if reload_cmds runs $LD directly, get rid of -Wl from
# whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with turning comma
# into space.
case $reload_cmds in
*\$LD[\ \$]*) wl= ;;
esac
if test -n "$convenience"; then
if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
test -n "$wl" || tmp_whole_archive_flags=`$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'`
reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ $tmp_whole_archive_flags
else
gentop=$output_objdir/${obj}x
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
fi
fi
# If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs
test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || libobjs=$non_pic_objects
# Create the old-style object.
reload_objs=$objs$old_deplibs' '`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`' '$reload_conv_objs
output=$obj
func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
# Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
if test -z "$libobj"; then
if test -n "$gentop"; then
func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || {
if test -n "$gentop"; then
func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
# Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
# accidentally link it into a program.
# $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
# $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
}
if test -n "$pic_flag" || test default != "$pic_mode"; then
# Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
output=$libobj
func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
if test -n "$gentop"; then
func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
;;
prog)
case $host in
*cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
esac
test -n "$vinfo" && \
func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for programs"
test -n "$release" && \
func_warning "'-release' is ignored for programs"
$preload \
&& test unknown,unknown,unknown = "$dlopen_support,$dlopen_self,$dlopen_self_static" \
&& func_warning "'LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
case $host in
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
;;
esac
case $host in
*-*-darwin*)
# Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
# But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
if test CXX = "$tagname"; then
case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
10.[0123])
func_append compile_command " $wl-bind_at_load"
func_append finalize_command " $wl-bind_at_load"
;;
esac
fi
# Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
;;
esac
# move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
# installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
new_libs=
for path in $notinst_path; do
case " $new_libs " in
*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
*)
case " $compile_deplibs " in
*" -L$path/$objdir "*)
func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
done
for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
case $deplib in
-L*)
case " $new_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
;;
*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
compile_deplibs=$new_libs
func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs"
func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs"
if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
# This is the magic to use -rpath.
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
done
fi
# Now hardcode the library paths
rpath=
hardcode_libdirs=
for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
else
# Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
*"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
;;
*)
func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
else
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
func_append rpath " $flag"
fi
elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
case "$perm_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
testbindir=`$ECHO "$libdir" | $SED -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$libdir:"*) ;;
::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;;
*) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";;
esac
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$testbindir:"*) ;;
::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
*) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
esac
;;
esac
done
# Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
fi
compile_rpath=$rpath
rpath=
hardcode_libdirs=
for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
else
# Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
*"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
;;
*)
func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
else
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
func_append rpath " $flag"
fi
elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
done
# Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
fi
finalize_rpath=$rpath
if test -n "$libobjs" && test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
# Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
fi
func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" false
# template prelinking step
if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
wrappers_required=:
case $host in
*cegcc* | *mingw32ce*)
# Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway.
wrappers_required=false
;;
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* )
test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || wrappers_required=false
;;
*)
if test no = "$need_relink" || test yes != "$build_libtool_libs"; then
wrappers_required=false
fi
;;
esac
$wrappers_required || {
# Replace the output file specification.
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
link_command=$compile_command$compile_rpath
# We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
exit_status=0
func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
func_to_tool_file "$output"
postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# Delete the generated files.
if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"; then
func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"'
fi
exit $exit_status
}
if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
fi
if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
fi
compile_var=
finalize_var=
if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
# We should set the runpath_var.
rpath=
for dir in $perm_rpath; do
func_append rpath "$dir:"
done
compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
fi
if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
# We should set the runpath_var.
rpath=
for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
func_append rpath "$dir:"
done
finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
fi
fi
if test yes = "$no_install"; then
# We don't need to create a wrapper script.
link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
# Replace the output file specification.
link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
# Delete the old output file.
$opt_dry_run || $RM $output
# Link the executable and exit
func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
func_to_tool_file "$output"
postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
case $hardcode_action,$fast_install in
relink,*)
# Fast installation is not supported
link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath
func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
func_warning "'$output' will be relinked during installation"
;;
*,yes)
link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath
relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
;;
*,no)
link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath
;;
*,needless)
link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath
relink_command=
;;
esac
# Replace the output file specification.
link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
# Delete the old output files.
$opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname"
postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# Now create the wrapper script.
func_verbose "creating $output"
# Quote the relink command for shipping.
if test -n "$relink_command"; then
# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
else
func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
fi
done
relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
fi
# Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
$opt_dry_run || {
# win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
# a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
case $output in
*.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
output=$func_stripname_result ;;
esac
# test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
case $host in
*cygwin*)
exeext=.exe
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
*) exeext= ;;
esac
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | windows* )
func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
output_name=$func_basename_result
output_path=$func_dirname_result
cwrappersource=$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c
cwrapper=$output_path/$output_name.exe
$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
# The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler,
# because it contains $host paths and files. If cross-
# compiling, it, like the target executable, must be
# executed on the $host or under an emulation environment.
$opt_dry_run || {
$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
$STRIP $cwrapper
}
# Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
$opt_dry_run || {
# note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
if test "x$build" = "x$host"; then
$cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
else
func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
fi
}
;;
* )
$RM $output
trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
func_emit_wrapper no > $output
chmod +x $output
;;
esac
}
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
;;
esac
# See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
case $build_libtool_libs in
convenience)
oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
addlibs=$convenience
build_libtool_libs=no
;;
module)
oldobjs=$libobjs_save
addlibs=$old_convenience
build_libtool_libs=no
;;
*)
oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
$preload && test -f "$symfileobj" \
&& func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj"
addlibs=$old_convenience
;;
esac
if test -n "$addlibs"; then
gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
fi
# Do each command in the archive commands.
if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
else
# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
fi
# POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have
# to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
# might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
# static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
# the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
# not supported by libtool).
if (for obj in $oldobjs
do
func_basename "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_basename_result"
done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
:
else
echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
oldobjs=
counter=1
for obj in $save_oldobjs
do
func_basename "$obj"
objbase=$func_basename_result
case " $oldobjs " in
" ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
*[\ /]"$objbase "*)
while :; do
# Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
# overlaps.
newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
func_arith $counter + 1
counter=$func_arith_result
case " $oldobjs " in
*[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
*) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
esac
done
func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj"
;;
*) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;;
esac
done
fi
func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
func_len " $cmds"
len=$func_len_result
if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
cmds=$old_archive_cmds
elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then
func_verbose "using command file archive linking..."
for obj in $oldobjs
do
func_to_tool_file "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd
func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd"
oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result"
cmds=$old_archive_cmds
else
# the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
RANLIB=:
objlist=
concat_cmds=
save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
oldobjs=
# Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
for obj in $save_oldobjs
do
last_oldobj=$obj
done
eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
func_len " $test_cmds"
len0=$func_len_result
len=$len0
for obj in $save_oldobjs
do
func_len " $obj"
func_arith $len + $func_len_result
len=$func_arith_result
func_append objlist " $obj"
if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
:
else
# the above command should be used before it gets too long
oldobjs=$objlist
if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj"; then
RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
fi
test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$old_archive_cmds\"
objlist=
len=$len0
fi
done
RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
oldobjs=$objlist
if test -z "$oldobjs"; then
eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
else
eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
fi
fi
fi
func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
done
test -n "$generated" && \
func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
# Now create the libtool archive.
case $output in
*.la)
old_library=
test yes = "$build_old_libs" && old_library=$libname.$libext
func_verbose "creating $output"
# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
else
func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
fi
done
# Quote the link command for shipping.
relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL \"$progpath\" $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
if test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then
relink_command=
fi
# Only create the output if not a dry run.
$opt_dry_run || {
for installed in no yes; do
if test yes = "$installed"; then
if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
break
fi
output=$output_objdir/${outputname}i
# Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
newdependency_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
case $deplib in
*.la)
func_basename "$deplib"
name=$func_basename_result
func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result`
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
;;
-L*)
func_stripname -L '' "$deplib"
func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result"
;;
-R*)
func_stripname -R '' "$deplib"
func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
;;
*) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs
newdlfiles=
for lib in $dlfiles; do
case $lib in
*.la)
func_basename "$lib"
name=$func_basename_result
eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
;;
*) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;;
esac
done
dlfiles=$newdlfiles
newdlprefiles=
for lib in $dlprefiles; do
case $lib in
*.la)
# Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
# eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
# didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
# the library:
func_basename "$lib"
name=$func_basename_result
eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
;;
esac
done
dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
else
newdlfiles=
for lib in $dlfiles; do
case $lib in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;;
*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
esac
func_append newdlfiles " $abs"
done
dlfiles=$newdlfiles
newdlprefiles=
for lib in $dlprefiles; do
case $lib in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;;
*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
esac
func_append newdlprefiles " $abs"
done
dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
fi
$RM $output
# place dlname in correct position for cygwin
# In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target
# systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables
# and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH,
# but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting
# libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it
# applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE
# object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of
# tests/bindir.at for full details.
tdlname=$dlname
case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
*cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *windows*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll)
# If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there.
if test -n "$bindir"; then
func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir"
tdlname=$func_relative_path_result/$dlname
else
# Otherwise fall back on heuristic.
tdlname=../bin/$dlname
fi
;;
esac
$ECHO > $output "\
# $outputname - a libtool library file
# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
#
# Please DO NOT delete this file!
# It is necessary for linking the library.
# The name that we can dlopen(3).
dlname='$tdlname'
# Names of this library.
library_names='$library_names'
# The name of the static archive.
old_library='$old_library'
# Linker flags that cannot go in dependency_libs.
inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
# Libraries that this one depends upon.
dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
# Version information for $libname.
current=$current
age=$age
revision=$revision
# Is this an already installed library?
installed=$installed
# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
shouldnotlink=$module
# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
dlopen='$dlfiles'
dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
libdir='$install_libdir'"
if test no,yes = "$installed,$need_relink"; then
$ECHO >> $output "\
relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
fi
done
}
# Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
# LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
;;
esac
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
}
if test link = "$opt_mode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
fi
# func_mode_uninstall arg...
func_mode_uninstall ()
{
$debug_cmd
RM=$nonopt
files=
rmforce=false
exit_status=0
# This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
# than running their programs.
libtool_install_magic=$magic
for arg
do
case $arg in
-f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=: ;;
-*) func_append RM " $arg" ;;
*) func_append files " $arg" ;;
esac
done
test -z "$RM" && \
func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
rmdirs=
for file in $files; do
func_dirname "$file" "" "."
dir=$func_dirname_result
if test . = "$dir"; then
odir=$objdir
else
odir=$dir/$objdir
fi
func_basename "$file"
name=$func_basename_result
test uninstall = "$opt_mode" && odir=$dir
# Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
case " $rmdirs " in
*" $odir "*) ;;
*) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;;
esac
fi
# Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
{ test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
test -f "$file"; then
:
elif test -d "$file"; then
exit_status=1
continue
elif $rmforce; then
continue
fi
rmfiles=$file
case $name in
*.la)
# Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
func_source $dir/$name
# Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
for n in $library_names; do
func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n"
done
test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library"
case $opt_mode in
clean)
case " $library_names " in
*" $dlname "*) ;;
*) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;;
esac
test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i"
;;
uninstall)
if test -n "$library_names"; then
# Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1'
fi
if test -n "$old_library"; then
# Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1'
fi
# FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
;;
esac
fi
;;
*.lo)
# Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
# Read the .lo file
func_source $dir/$name
# Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
if test -n "$pic_object" && test none != "$pic_object"; then
func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object"
fi
# Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
if test -n "$non_pic_object" && test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object"
fi
fi
;;
*)
if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
noexename=$name
case $file in
*.exe)
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
file=$func_stripname_result
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
noexename=$func_stripname_result
# $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
# add $file without .exe
func_append rmfiles " $file"
;;
esac
# Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
relink_command=
func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
else
relink_command=
func_source $dir/$noexename
fi
# note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
# as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.$objext"
if test yes = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then
func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name"
fi
if test "X$noexename" != "X$name"; then
func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$noexename.c"
fi
fi
fi
;;
esac
func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
done
# Try to remove the $objdir's in the directories where we deleted files
for dir in $rmdirs; do
if test -d "$dir"; then
func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
fi
done
exit $exit_status
}
if test uninstall = "$opt_mode" || test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
fi
test -z "$opt_mode" && {
help=$generic_help
func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
}
test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'"
if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
eval exec "$exec_cmd"
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
exit $exit_status
# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
# where we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting
# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
# Local Variables:
# mode:shell-script
# sh-indentation:2
# End:
libmikmod-3.3.12/autotools/config.sub0000755000000000000000000011544114701676710016300 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script.
# Copyright 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268,SC2162 # see below for rationale
timestamp='2024-05-27'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, see .
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
# Please send patches to .
#
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.sub
# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
# configuration.
# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
# The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints
# about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were
# superseded or lifted in POSIX. However, this script identifies a wide
# variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and
# even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still
# have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh.
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS
Canonicalize a configuration name.
Options:
-h, --help print this help, then exit
-t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
-v, --version print version number, then exit
Report bugs and patches to ."
version="\
GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
Copyright 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
help="
Try '$me --help' for more information."
# Parse command line
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case $1 in
--time-stamp | --time* | -t )
echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
--version | -v )
echo "$version" ; exit ;;
--help | --h* | -h )
echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-- ) # Stop option processing
shift; break ;;
- ) # Use stdin as input.
break ;;
-* )
echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
exit 1 ;;
*local*)
# First pass through any local machine types.
echo "$1"
exit ;;
* )
break ;;
esac
done
case $# in
0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
exit 1;;
1) ;;
*) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
# Split fields of configuration type
saved_IFS=$IFS
IFS="-" read field1 field2 field3 field4 <&2
exit 1
;;
*-*-*-*)
basic_machine=$field1-$field2
basic_os=$field3-$field4
;;
*-*-*)
# Ambiguous whether COMPANY is present, or skipped and KERNEL-OS is two
# parts
maybe_os=$field2-$field3
case $maybe_os in
cloudabi*-eabi* \
| kfreebsd*-gnu* \
| knetbsd*-gnu* \
| kopensolaris*-gnu* \
| linux-* \
| managarm-* \
| netbsd*-eabi* \
| netbsd*-gnu* \
| nto-qnx* \
| os2-emx* \
| rtmk-nova* \
| storm-chaos* \
| uclinux-gnu* \
| uclinux-uclibc* \
| windows-* )
basic_machine=$field1
basic_os=$maybe_os
;;
android-linux)
basic_machine=$field1-unknown
basic_os=linux-android
;;
*)
basic_machine=$field1-$field2
basic_os=$field3
;;
esac
;;
*-*)
case $field1-$field2 in
# Shorthands that happen to contain a single dash
convex-c[12] | convex-c3[248])
basic_machine=$field2-convex
basic_os=
;;
decstation-3100)
basic_machine=mips-dec
basic_os=
;;
*-*)
# Second component is usually, but not always the OS
case $field2 in
# Do not treat sunos as a manufacturer
sun*os*)
basic_machine=$field1
basic_os=$field2
;;
# Manufacturers
3100* \
| 32* \
| 3300* \
| 3600* \
| 7300* \
| acorn \
| altos* \
| apollo \
| apple \
| atari \
| att* \
| axis \
| be \
| bull \
| cbm \
| ccur \
| cisco \
| commodore \
| convergent* \
| convex* \
| cray \
| crds \
| dec* \
| delta* \
| dg \
| digital \
| dolphin \
| encore* \
| gould \
| harris \
| highlevel \
| hitachi* \
| hp \
| ibm* \
| intergraph \
| isi* \
| knuth \
| masscomp \
| microblaze* \
| mips* \
| motorola* \
| ncr* \
| news \
| next \
| ns \
| oki \
| omron* \
| pc533* \
| rebel \
| rom68k \
| rombug \
| semi \
| sequent* \
| siemens \
| sgi* \
| siemens \
| sim \
| sni \
| sony* \
| stratus \
| sun \
| sun[234]* \
| tektronix \
| tti* \
| ultra \
| unicom* \
| wec \
| winbond \
| wrs)
basic_machine=$field1-$field2
basic_os=
;;
zephyr*)
basic_machine=$field1-unknown
basic_os=$field2
;;
*)
basic_machine=$field1
basic_os=$field2
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
*)
# Convert single-component short-hands not valid as part of
# multi-component configurations.
case $field1 in
386bsd)
basic_machine=i386-pc
basic_os=bsd
;;
a29khif)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
basic_os=udi
;;
adobe68k)
basic_machine=m68010-adobe
basic_os=scout
;;
alliant)
basic_machine=fx80-alliant
basic_os=
;;
altos | altos3068)
basic_machine=m68k-altos
basic_os=
;;
am29k)
basic_machine=a29k-none
basic_os=bsd
;;
amdahl)
basic_machine=580-amdahl
basic_os=sysv
;;
amiga)
basic_machine=m68k-unknown
basic_os=
;;
amigaos | amigados)
basic_machine=m68k-unknown
basic_os=amigaos
;;
amigaunix | amix)
basic_machine=m68k-unknown
basic_os=sysv4
;;
apollo68)
basic_machine=m68k-apollo
basic_os=sysv
;;
apollo68bsd)
basic_machine=m68k-apollo
basic_os=bsd
;;
aros)
basic_machine=i386-pc
basic_os=aros
;;
aux)
basic_machine=m68k-apple
basic_os=aux
;;
balance)
basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
basic_os=dynix
;;
blackfin)
basic_machine=bfin-unknown
basic_os=linux
;;
cegcc)
basic_machine=arm-unknown
basic_os=cegcc
;;
cray)
basic_machine=j90-cray
basic_os=unicos
;;
crds | unos)
basic_machine=m68k-crds
basic_os=
;;
da30)
basic_machine=m68k-da30
basic_os=
;;
decstation | pmax | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
basic_machine=mips-dec
basic_os=
;;
delta88)
basic_machine=m88k-motorola
basic_os=sysv3
;;
dicos)
basic_machine=i686-pc
basic_os=dicos
;;
djgpp)
basic_machine=i586-pc
basic_os=msdosdjgpp
;;
ebmon29k)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
basic_os=ebmon
;;
es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
basic_os=ose
;;
gmicro)
basic_machine=tron-gmicro
basic_os=sysv
;;
go32)
basic_machine=i386-pc
basic_os=go32
;;
h8300hms)
basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
basic_os=hms
;;
h8300xray)
basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
basic_os=xray
;;
h8500hms)
basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
basic_os=hms
;;
harris)
basic_machine=m88k-harris
basic_os=sysv3
;;
hp300 | hp300hpux)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
basic_os=hpux
;;
hp300bsd)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
basic_os=bsd
;;
hppaosf)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
basic_os=osf
;;
hppro)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
basic_os=proelf
;;
i386mach)
basic_machine=i386-mach
basic_os=mach
;;
isi68 | isi)
basic_machine=m68k-isi
basic_os=sysv
;;
m68knommu)
basic_machine=m68k-unknown
basic_os=linux
;;
magnum | m3230)
basic_machine=mips-mips
basic_os=sysv
;;
merlin)
basic_machine=ns32k-utek
basic_os=sysv
;;
mingw64)
basic_machine=x86_64-pc
basic_os=mingw64
;;
mingw32)
basic_machine=i686-pc
basic_os=mingw32
;;
mingw32ce)
basic_machine=arm-unknown
basic_os=mingw32ce
;;
monitor)
basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
basic_os=coff
;;
morphos)
basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
basic_os=morphos
;;
moxiebox)
basic_machine=moxie-unknown
basic_os=moxiebox
;;
msdos)
basic_machine=i386-pc
basic_os=msdos
;;
msys)
basic_machine=i686-pc
basic_os=msys
;;
mvs)
basic_machine=i370-ibm
basic_os=mvs
;;
nacl)
basic_machine=le32-unknown
basic_os=nacl
;;
ncr3000)
basic_machine=i486-ncr
basic_os=sysv4
;;
netbsd386)
basic_machine=i386-pc
basic_os=netbsd
;;
netwinder)
basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
basic_os=linux
;;
news | news700 | news800 | news900)
basic_machine=m68k-sony
basic_os=newsos
;;
news1000)
basic_machine=m68030-sony
basic_os=newsos
;;
necv70)
basic_machine=v70-nec
basic_os=sysv
;;
nh3000)
basic_machine=m68k-harris
basic_os=cxux
;;
nh[45]000)
basic_machine=m88k-harris
basic_os=cxux
;;
nindy960)
basic_machine=i960-intel
basic_os=nindy
;;
mon960)
basic_machine=i960-intel
basic_os=mon960
;;
nonstopux)
basic_machine=mips-compaq
basic_os=nonstopux
;;
os400)
basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
basic_os=os400
;;
OSE68000 | ose68000)
basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
basic_os=ose
;;
os68k)
basic_machine=m68k-none
basic_os=os68k
;;
paragon)
basic_machine=i860-intel
basic_os=osf
;;
parisc)
basic_machine=hppa-unknown
basic_os=linux
;;
psp)
basic_machine=mipsallegrexel-sony
basic_os=psp
;;
pw32)
basic_machine=i586-unknown
basic_os=pw32
;;
rdos | rdos64)
basic_machine=x86_64-pc
basic_os=rdos
;;
rdos32)
basic_machine=i386-pc
basic_os=rdos
;;
rom68k)
basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
basic_os=coff
;;
sa29200)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
basic_os=udi
;;
sei)
basic_machine=mips-sei
basic_os=seiux
;;
sequent)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
basic_os=
;;
sps7)
basic_machine=m68k-bull
basic_os=sysv2
;;
st2000)
basic_machine=m68k-tandem
basic_os=
;;
stratus)
basic_machine=i860-stratus
basic_os=sysv4
;;
sun2)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
basic_os=
;;
sun2os3)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
basic_os=sunos3
;;
sun2os4)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
basic_os=sunos4
;;
sun3)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
basic_os=
;;
sun3os3)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
basic_os=sunos3
;;
sun3os4)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
basic_os=sunos4
;;
sun4)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
basic_os=
;;
sun4os3)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
basic_os=sunos3
;;
sun4os4)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
basic_os=sunos4
;;
sun4sol2)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
basic_os=solaris2
;;
sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
basic_machine=i386-sun
basic_os=
;;
sv1)
basic_machine=sv1-cray
basic_os=unicos
;;
symmetry)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
basic_os=dynix
;;
t3e)
basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
basic_os=unicos
;;
t90)
basic_machine=t90-cray
basic_os=unicos
;;
toad1)
basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
basic_os=tops20
;;
tpf)
basic_machine=s390x-ibm
basic_os=tpf
;;
udi29k)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
basic_os=udi
;;
ultra3)
basic_machine=a29k-nyu
basic_os=sym1
;;
v810 | necv810)
basic_machine=v810-nec
basic_os=none
;;
vaxv)
basic_machine=vax-dec
basic_os=sysv
;;
vms)
basic_machine=vax-dec
basic_os=vms
;;
vsta)
basic_machine=i386-pc
basic_os=vsta
;;
vxworks960)
basic_machine=i960-wrs
basic_os=vxworks
;;
vxworks68)
basic_machine=m68k-wrs
basic_os=vxworks
;;
vxworks29k)
basic_machine=a29k-wrs
basic_os=vxworks
;;
xbox)
basic_machine=i686-pc
basic_os=mingw32
;;
ymp)
basic_machine=ymp-cray
basic_os=unicos
;;
*)
basic_machine=$1
basic_os=
;;
esac
;;
esac
# Decode 1-component or ad-hoc basic machines
case $basic_machine in
# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
w89k)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=winbond
;;
op50n)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=oki
;;
op60c)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=oki
;;
ibm*)
cpu=i370
vendor=ibm
;;
orion105)
cpu=clipper
vendor=highlevel
;;
mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
cpu=m68k
vendor=apple
;;
pmac | pmac-mpw)
cpu=powerpc
vendor=apple
;;
# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
cpu=m68000
vendor=att
;;
3b*)
cpu=we32k
vendor=att
;;
bluegene*)
cpu=powerpc
vendor=ibm
basic_os=cnk
;;
decsystem10* | dec10*)
cpu=pdp10
vendor=dec
basic_os=tops10
;;
decsystem20* | dec20*)
cpu=pdp10
vendor=dec
basic_os=tops20
;;
delta | 3300 | delta-motorola | 3300-motorola | motorola-delta | motorola-3300)
cpu=m68k
vendor=motorola
;;
# This used to be dpx2*, but that gets the RS6000-based
# DPX/20 and the x86-based DPX/2-100 wrong. See
# https://oldskool.silicium.org/stations/bull_dpx20.htm
# https://www.feb-patrimoine.com/english/bull_dpx2.htm
# https://www.feb-patrimoine.com/english/unix_and_bull.htm
dpx2 | dpx2[23]00 | dpx2[23]xx)
cpu=m68k
vendor=bull
;;
dpx2100 | dpx21xx)
cpu=i386
vendor=bull
;;
dpx20)
cpu=rs6000
vendor=bull
;;
encore | umax | mmax)
cpu=ns32k
vendor=encore
;;
elxsi)
cpu=elxsi
vendor=elxsi
basic_os=${basic_os:-bsd}
;;
fx2800)
cpu=i860
vendor=alliant
;;
genix)
cpu=ns32k
vendor=ns
;;
h3050r* | hiux*)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hitachi
basic_os=hiuxwe2
;;
hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
cpu=hppa1.0
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
cpu=m68000
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
cpu=m68k
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
cpu=hppa1.0
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
cpu=hppa1.0
vendor=hp
;;
i*86v32)
cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
vendor=pc
basic_os=sysv32
;;
i*86v4*)
cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
vendor=pc
basic_os=sysv4
;;
i*86v)
cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
vendor=pc
basic_os=sysv
;;
i*86sol2)
cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
vendor=pc
basic_os=solaris2
;;
j90 | j90-cray)
cpu=j90
vendor=cray
basic_os=${basic_os:-unicos}
;;
iris | iris4d)
cpu=mips
vendor=sgi
case $basic_os in
irix*)
;;
*)
basic_os=irix4
;;
esac
;;
miniframe)
cpu=m68000
vendor=convergent
;;
*mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
cpu=m68k
vendor=atari
basic_os=mint
;;
news-3600 | risc-news)
cpu=mips
vendor=sony
basic_os=newsos
;;
next | m*-next)
cpu=m68k
vendor=next
;;
np1)
cpu=np1
vendor=gould
;;
op50n-* | op60c-*)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=oki
basic_os=proelf
;;
pa-hitachi)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hitachi
basic_os=hiuxwe2
;;
pbd)
cpu=sparc
vendor=tti
;;
pbb)
cpu=m68k
vendor=tti
;;
pc532)
cpu=ns32k
vendor=pc532
;;
pn)
cpu=pn
vendor=gould
;;
power)
cpu=power
vendor=ibm
;;
ps2)
cpu=i386
vendor=ibm
;;
rm[46]00)
cpu=mips
vendor=siemens
;;
rtpc | rtpc-*)
cpu=romp
vendor=ibm
;;
sde)
cpu=mipsisa32
vendor=sde
basic_os=${basic_os:-elf}
;;
simso-wrs)
cpu=sparclite
vendor=wrs
basic_os=vxworks
;;
tower | tower-32)
cpu=m68k
vendor=ncr
;;
vpp*|vx|vx-*)
cpu=f301
vendor=fujitsu
;;
w65)
cpu=w65
vendor=wdc
;;
w89k-*)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=winbond
basic_os=proelf
;;
none)
cpu=none
vendor=none
;;
leon|leon[3-9])
cpu=sparc
vendor=$basic_machine
;;
leon-*|leon[3-9]-*)
cpu=sparc
vendor=`echo "$basic_machine" | sed 's/-.*//'`
;;
*-*)
saved_IFS=$IFS
IFS="-" read cpu vendor <&2
exit 1
;;
esac
;;
esac
# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
case $vendor in
digital*)
vendor=dec
;;
commodore*)
vendor=cbm
;;
*)
;;
esac
# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
if test x"$basic_os" != x
then
# First recognize some ad-hoc cases, or perhaps split kernel-os, or else just
# set os.
obj=
case $basic_os in
gnu/linux*)
kernel=linux
os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|gnu|'`
;;
os2-emx)
kernel=os2
os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|os2-emx|emx|'`
;;
nto-qnx*)
kernel=nto
os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|nto-qnx|qnx|'`
;;
*-*)
saved_IFS=$IFS
IFS="-" read kernel os <&2
fi
;;
*)
echo "Invalid configuration '$1': OS '$os' not recognized" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
case $obj in
aout* | coff* | elf* | pe*)
;;
'')
# empty is fine
;;
*)
echo "Invalid configuration '$1': Machine code format '$obj' not recognized" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
# Here we handle the constraint that a (synthetic) cpu and os are
# valid only in combination with each other and nowhere else.
case $cpu-$os in
# The "javascript-unknown-ghcjs" triple is used by GHC; we
# accept it here in order to tolerate that, but reject any
# variations.
javascript-ghcjs)
;;
javascript-* | *-ghcjs)
echo "Invalid configuration '$1': cpu '$cpu' is not valid with os '$os$obj'" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
# As a final step for OS-related things, validate the OS-kernel combination
# (given a valid OS), if there is a kernel.
case $kernel-$os-$obj in
linux-gnu*- | linux-android*- | linux-dietlibc*- | linux-llvm*- \
| linux-mlibc*- | linux-musl*- | linux-newlib*- \
| linux-relibc*- | linux-uclibc*- | linux-ohos*- )
;;
uclinux-uclibc*- | uclinux-gnu*- )
;;
managarm-mlibc*- | managarm-kernel*- )
;;
windows*-msvc*-)
;;
-dietlibc*- | -llvm*- | -mlibc*- | -musl*- | -newlib*- | -relibc*- \
| -uclibc*- )
# These are just libc implementations, not actual OSes, and thus
# require a kernel.
echo "Invalid configuration '$1': libc '$os' needs explicit kernel." 1>&2
exit 1
;;
-kernel*- )
echo "Invalid configuration '$1': '$os' needs explicit kernel." 1>&2
exit 1
;;
*-kernel*- )
echo "Invalid configuration '$1': '$kernel' does not support '$os'." 1>&2
exit 1
;;
*-msvc*- )
echo "Invalid configuration '$1': '$os' needs 'windows'." 1>&2
exit 1
;;
kfreebsd*-gnu*- | knetbsd*-gnu*- | netbsd*-gnu*- | kopensolaris*-gnu*-)
;;
vxworks-simlinux- | vxworks-simwindows- | vxworks-spe-)
;;
nto-qnx*-)
;;
os2-emx-)
;;
rtmk-nova-)
;;
*-eabi*- | *-gnueabi*-)
;;
none--*)
# None (no kernel, i.e. freestanding / bare metal),
# can be paired with an machine code file format
;;
-*-)
# Blank kernel with real OS is always fine.
;;
--*)
# Blank kernel and OS with real machine code file format is always fine.
;;
*-*-*)
echo "Invalid configuration '$1': Kernel '$kernel' not known to work with OS '$os'." 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
case $vendor in
unknown)
case $cpu-$os in
*-riscix*)
vendor=acorn
;;
*-sunos* | *-solaris*)
vendor=sun
;;
*-cnk* | *-aix*)
vendor=ibm
;;
*-beos*)
vendor=be
;;
*-hpux*)
vendor=hp
;;
*-mpeix*)
vendor=hp
;;
*-hiux*)
vendor=hitachi
;;
*-unos*)
vendor=crds
;;
*-dgux*)
vendor=dg
;;
*-luna*)
vendor=omron
;;
*-genix*)
vendor=ns
;;
*-clix*)
vendor=intergraph
;;
*-mvs* | *-opened*)
vendor=ibm
;;
*-os400*)
vendor=ibm
;;
s390-* | s390x-*)
vendor=ibm
;;
*-ptx*)
vendor=sequent
;;
*-tpf*)
vendor=ibm
;;
*-vxsim* | *-vxworks* | *-windiss*)
vendor=wrs
;;
*-aux*)
vendor=apple
;;
*-hms*)
vendor=hitachi
;;
*-mpw* | *-macos*)
vendor=apple
;;
*-*mint | *-mint[0-9]* | *-*MiNT | *-MiNT[0-9]*)
vendor=atari
;;
*-vos*)
vendor=stratus
;;
esac
;;
esac
echo "$cpu-$vendor${kernel:+-$kernel}${os:+-$os}${obj:+-$obj}"
exit
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
# time-stamp-end: "'"
# End:
libmikmod-3.3.12/autotools/texinfo.tex0000644000000000000000000133272614071237055016516 0ustar rootroot% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
%
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
\def\texinfoversion{2021-04-25.21}
%
% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
% License, or (at your option) any later version.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
% General Public License for more details.
%
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
% along with this program. If not, see .
%
% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
%
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
%
% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a
% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
%
% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
% tex foo.texi
% texindex foo.??
% tex foo.texi
% tex foo.texi
% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
%
% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
% full Texinfo distribution.
%
% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
% they might have appeared in the input file name.
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for
% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
\chardef\other=12
% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
\let\+ = \relax
% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
\let\ptexb=\b
\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
\let\ptexc=\c
\let\ptexcomma=\,
\let\ptexdot=\.
\let\ptexdots=\dots
\let\ptexend=\end
\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
\let\ptexexclam=\!
\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
\let\ptexgtr=>
\let\ptexhat=^
\let\ptexi=\i
\let\ptexindent=\indent
\let\ptexinsert=\insert
\let\ptexlbrace=\{
\let\ptexless=<
\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
\let\ptexplus=+
\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
\let\ptexslash=\/
\let\ptexsp=\sp
\let\ptexstar=\*
\let\ptexsup=\sup
\let\ptext=\t
\let\ptextop=\top
{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
% starts a new line in the output.
\newlinechar = `^^J
% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
%
\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
\let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
\else
\def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
\fi
% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
%
\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
%
\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
\chardef\dashChar = `\-
\chardef\slashChar = `\/
\chardef\underChar = `\_
% Ignore a token.
%
\def\gobble#1{}
% The following is used inside several \edef's.
\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
% Hyphenation fixes.
\hyphenation{
Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
spell-ing spell-ings
stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
wide-spread wrap-around
}
% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
%
\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
\def\loggingall{%
\tracingstats2
\tracingpages1
\tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
\tracingparagraphs1
\tracingoutput1
\tracingmacros2
\tracingrestores1
\showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
\tracingscantokens1
\tracingifs1
\tracinggroups1
\tracingnesting2
\tracingassigns1
\fi
\tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
\errorcontextlines16
}%
% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
% after all.
%
\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
%
\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
% Output routine
%
% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
%
\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
%
% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
%
% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
% mark before the section break, and one after.
% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs,
% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs.
% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
%
% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
\def\domark{%
\toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}%
\toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}%
\toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
\toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
\toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}%
\mark{%
\the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
\noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
\noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks
}%
}
% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
%
% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
% first @chapter.
\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
\ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi
\ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
}
\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi}
% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
\def\currentchapterdefs{}
\def\currentsectiondefs{}
\def\currentsection{}
\def\prevchapterdefs{}
\def\prevsectiondefs{}
\def\currentcolordefs{}
% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
\newdimen\bindingoffset
\newdimen\normaloffset
\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
% Main output routine.
%
\chardef\PAGE = 255
\newtoks\defaultoutput
\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
\newbox\headlinebox
\newbox\footlinebox
% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine
% is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This
% can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading
% of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of
% the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually
% \shipout a page.
%
% (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and
% \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page
% containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown
% away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.)
%
\newtoks\savedtopmark
\newif\iftopmarksaved
\topmarksavedtrue
\def\savetopmark{%
\iftopmarksaved\else
\global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}%
\global\topmarksavedtrue
\fi
}
% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer
% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written
% to the auxiliary files.
%
\def\onepageout#1{%
\hoffset=\normaloffset
%
\ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
%
\checkchapterpage
%
% Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page,
% and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the
% values in \headline and \footline.
%
% Common context changes for both heading and footing.
% Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
% the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
\def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
%
\ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
\global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
\ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
\global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}%
%
{%
% Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
% Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
% take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
% before the \shipout runs.
%
\atdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
\turnoffactive
\shipout\vbox{%
% Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
%
\unvbox\headlinebox
\pagebody{#1}%
\ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
% Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
% (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
% The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
\vskip 24pt
\unvbox\footlinebox
\fi
%
}%
}%
\global\topmarksavedfalse
\advancepageno
\ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
}
\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
% Main part of page, including any footnotes
\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
{\catcode`\@ =11
\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
\rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
}
% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings.
\newif\ifchapterpage
\def\checkchapterpage{%
% Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page
\ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi
\let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
%
\ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
\let\curchaptername\thischaptername
%
\ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
\chapterpagefalse
\else
\chapterpagetrue
\fi
}
% Argument parsing
% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
%
\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
\def\argtorun{#2}%
\begingroup
\obeylines
\spaceisspace
#1%
\parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
}
{\obeylines %
\gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
\endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
\argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
}%
}
% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to
% \argcheckspaces.
\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
%
% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
% @end itemize @c foo
% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
% by \finishparsearg.
%
\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
\def\temp{#3}%
\ifx\temp\empty
% Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
\let\temp\finishparsearg
\else
\let\temp\argcheckspaces
\fi
% Put the space token in:
\temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
}
% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
%
% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
%
\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
%
% \parseargdef\foo{...}
% is roughly equivalent to
% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
\def\parseargdef#1{%
\expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
}
\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
\def#2{\parsearg#1}%
\def#1##1%
}
% Several utility definitions with active space:
{
\obeyspaces
\gdef\obeyedspace{ }
% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
% should produce a line of output anyway.
%
\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
% expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
\gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
}
\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
%
% \envdef\foo{...}
% \def\Efoo{...}
%
% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
%
% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The
% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
% special case.)
% At run-time, environments start with this:
\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
% initialize
\let\thisenv\empty
% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
% Check whether we're in the right environment:
\def\checkenv#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\thisenv\temp
\else
\badenverr
\fi
}
% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
\def\badenverr{%
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
}
\def\inenvironment#1{%
\ifx#1\empty
outside of any environment%
\else
in environment \expandafter\string#1%
\fi
}
% @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo.
\parseargdef\end{%
\if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
\else
% The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
\expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
\csname E#1\endcsname
\endgroup
\fi
}
\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
{\catcode`@ = 11
% Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
% if the definition is written into an index file.
\global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
\gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
}
% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
% @* forces a line break.
\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
% @/ allows a line break.
\let\/=\allowbreak
% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
%
\def\onword{on}
\def\offword{off}
%
\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
\else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
% the text is small, which looks bad.
%
% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
%
\newbox\groupbox
\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
%
\envdef\group{%
\ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
\errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
\errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
\fi
\startsavinginserts
%
\setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
% Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
% @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
% end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
% the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
% should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
% manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
\comment
}
%
% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
% above. But it's pretty close.
\def\Egroup{%
% To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
% and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
\endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
\global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
\egroup % End the \vtop.
\addgroupbox
\prevdepth = \dimen1
\checkinserts
}
\def\addgroupbox{
% \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
\dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
% \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
\dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
% if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
% group, force a page break.
\ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
\ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
\page
\fi
\fi
\box\groupbox
}
%
% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
%
\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
where each line of input produces a line of output.}
% @need space-in-mils
% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
\parseargdef\need{%
% Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
% paragraph.
\par
%
% If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
\dimen0 = #1\mil
\dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
\advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
\ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
%
% Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
% normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
% And a page break here is fine.
\vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
%
% TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
% main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
% empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
% page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
% page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
%
% There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
% page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
% sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
% almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
% good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
% example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
% document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
\penalty9999
%
% Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
\kern -#1\mil
%
% Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
\nobreak
\fi
}
% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
\let\br = \par
% @page forces the start of a new page.
%
\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
% @exdent text....
% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
% That's how much \exdent should take out.
\newskip\exdentamount
% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual.
%
\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
%
\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
\nobreak
\kern-\strutdepth
\vtop to \strutdepth{%
\baselineskip=\strutdepth
\vss
% if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
% make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
\ifx#1l%
\llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
\else
\rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
\fi
\null
}%
}}
\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
%
% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
% else use TEXT for both).
%
\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
\def\righttext{#2}%
\else
\def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
\def\righttext{#1}%
\fi
%
\ifodd\pageno
\def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
\else
\def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
\fi
\temp
}
% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
%
\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
\def\includezzz#1{%
\pushthisfilestack
\def\thisfile{#1}%
{%
\makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
\turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
\indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
\wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
\edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
%
% This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
% definitions, etc.
\expandafter
}\temp
\popthisfilestack
}
\def\filenamecatcodes{%
\catcode`\\=\other
\catcode`~=\other
\catcode`^=\other
\catcode`_=\other
\catcode`|=\other
\catcode`<=\other
\catcode`>=\other
\catcode`+=\other
\catcode`-=\other
\catcode`\`=\other
\catcode`\'=\other
}
\def\pushthisfilestack{%
\expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
}
\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
\expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
}
\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
\gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
}
\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
the stack of filenames is empty.}}
%
\def\thisfile{}
% @center line
% outputs that line, centered.
%
\parseargdef\center{%
\ifhmode
\let\centersub\centerH
\else
\let\centersub\centerV
\fi
\centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
\let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
}
\def\centerH#1{{%
\hfil\break
\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
\line{#1}%
\break
}}
%
\newcount\centerpenalty
\def\centerV#1{%
% The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
% @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
% out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
% prevent a page break here.
\centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
\ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
\ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
}
% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
%
\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
% @comment ...line which is ignored...
% @c is the same as @comment
% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
\cxxx}
{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
%
\let\comment\c
% @paragraphindent NCHARS
% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
%
\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
\def\noneword{none}
%
\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\asisword
\else
\ifx\temp\noneword
\defaultparindent = 0pt
\else
\defaultparindent = #1em
\fi
\fi
\parindent = \defaultparindent
}
% @exampleindent NCHARS
% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\asisword
\else
\ifx\temp\noneword
\lispnarrowing = 0pt
\else
\lispnarrowing = #1em
\fi
\fi
}
% @firstparagraphindent WORD
% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
% paragraphs.
%
% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
% By default, we suppress indentation.
%
\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
\def\insertword{insert}
%
\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\noneword
\let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
\else\ifx\temp\insertword
\let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
\fi\fi
}
% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
%
% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
% paragraph.
%
\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
\gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
\gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
\global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
}
%
\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
\global\let\indent = \ptexindent
\global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
\global\everypar = {}%
}
% leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent
\gdef\imageindent{%
\toks0=\everypar
\everypar={}%
\ptexnoindent
\global\everypar=\toks0
}
% @refill is a no-op.
\let\refill=\relax
% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
\let\setfilename=\comment
% @bye.
\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
\message{pdf,}
% adobe `portable' document format
\newcount\tempnum
\newcount\lnkcount
\newtoks\filename
\newcount\filenamelength
\newcount\pgn
\newtoks\toksA
\newtoks\toksB
\newtoks\toksC
\newtoks\toksD
\newbox\boxA
\newbox\boxB
\newcount\countA
\newif\ifpdf
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
%
% For LuaTeX
%
\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
\else
% Use Unicode destination names
\txiuseunicodedestnametrue
% Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
\begingroup
\catcode`\%=12
\directlua{
function UTF16oct(str)
tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
if c < 0x10000 then
tex.sprint(
string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256)))
else
c = c - 0x10000
local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
tex.sprint(
string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256),
math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256)))
end
end
end
}
\endgroup
\def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
% Escape PDF strings without converting
\begingroup
\directlua{
function PDFescstr(str)
for c in string.bytes(str) do
if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
tex.sprint(-2,
string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
c))
else
tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c))
end
end
end
}
% The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12
% (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See
% https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html
%
\endgroup
\def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
\ifnum\luatexversion>84
% For LuaTeX >= 0.85
\def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
\let\pdfoutput\outputmode
\def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
\def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
\def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
\let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
\let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
\let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
\def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
\def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
\def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
\def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
\def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
\def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
\let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
\let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
\edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
\edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
\fi
\fi
% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
\else
\ifx\pdfoutput\relax
\else
\ifcase\pdfoutput
\else
\pdftrue
\fi
\fi
\fi
\newif\ifpdforxetex
\pdforxetexfalse
\ifpdf
\pdforxetextrue
\fi
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else
\pdforxetextrue
\fi
% Output page labels information.
% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1.
\ifpdf
\def\pagelabels{%
\def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}%
\edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}%
\edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}%
%
% Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates.
% (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is
% a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.)
%
\ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi
\ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}%
\else
\ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi
\fi
%
\ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount
\pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax
\else
\pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax
\fi
}
\else
\let\pagelabels\relax
\fi
\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0
\newcount\romancount \romancount=0
\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0
\ifpdf
\let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno
\def\advancepageno{%
\ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1
}
\fi
% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
%
% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
% do this reliably, so we use it.
% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
% which we \xdef.
\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
\ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
% No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
% Many times it won't matter.
\xdef#1{#1}%
\else
% The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
% backslashes, and other special chars.
\xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
\fi
}
\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
\ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
% No UTF-16 converting macro available.
\txiescapepdf{#1}%
\else
\xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
\fi
}
\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
output) for that.)}
\ifpdf
%
% Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
% except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
% very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
% of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
% nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use
% black by default, though.
\def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
\def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
%
% rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
% RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
\def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}}
%
% Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
% so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
\def\setcolor#1{%
\xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
\domark
\pdfsetcolor{#1}%
}
%
\def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
\edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
\def\currentcolordefs{}
%
\def\makefootline{%
\baselineskip24pt
\line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
}
%
\def\makeheadline{%
\vbox to 0pt{%
\vskip-22.5pt
\line{%
\vbox to8.5pt{}%
% Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
\getcolormarks
% Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
}%
\vss
}%
\nointerlineskip
}
%
%
\pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
%
% #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
\def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
%
% pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
% others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
% someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
% bitmap.
\let\pdfimgext=\empty
\begingroup
\openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
\errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
\errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup
%
% without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
% included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
\immediate\pdfimage
\else
\immediate\pdfximage
\fi
\ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
\ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
\ifnum\pdftexversion<13
#1.\pdfimgext
\else
{#1.\pdfimgext}%
\fi
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
\fi}
%
\def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
\iftxiuseunicodedestname
\ifx \declaredencoding \latone
% Pass through Latin-1 characters.
% LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
\else
\ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
% Pass through Unicode characters.
\else
% Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\fi
\fi
\else
% Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\fi
\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
\txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
}}
%
\def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
\ifx \declaredencoding \latone
% The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
% strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
% the "PDFDocEncoding".
\passthroughcharstrue
% Pass through Latin-1 characters.
% LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
% pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
\else
\ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
% For pdfTeX with UTF-8.
% TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
% but the code for this isn't done yet.
% Use ASCII approximations.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
\else
% For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
% Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
\passthroughcharstrue
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
\fi
\else
% For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
% Use ASCII approximations.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
\fi
\fi
% LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
% pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
\txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
}}
%
\def\pdfmkdest#1{%
\setpdfdestname{#1}%
\safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
}
%
% used to mark target names; must be expandable.
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
%
% by default, use black for everything.
\def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
%
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
% come from Petr Olsak
\def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
\else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
\def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
\advance\tempnum by 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
%
% #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
% outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
% of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
% which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
% #4 is the page number
%
\def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
% Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
% page number. We could generate a destination for the section
% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
% seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
\setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
\setpdfdestname{#3}
\ifx\pdfdestname\empty
\def\pdfdestname{#4}%
\fi
%
\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
}
%
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
\begingroup
% Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
\def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\def\thischapnum{##2}%
\def\thissecnum{0}%
\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
}%
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
\def\thissecnum{##2}%
\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
}%
\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
}%
\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
}%
\def\thischapnum{0}%
\def\thissecnum{0}%
\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
%
% use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
% al. a second time, below.
\def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
\def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
\def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
\def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
\def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
\def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
\def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
\def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
\readdatafile{toc}%
%
% Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
% The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
% subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
%
% We use the node names as the destinations.
%
% Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
% for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
% horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
\dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
%
% PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
% document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
% since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
% Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
% Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
%
% TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
% their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too
% much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents
% we use for the index sort strings.
%
\indexnofonts
\setupdatafile
% We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
% Texinfo index files. So set that up.
\def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
\def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
\catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
\input \tocreadfilename
\endgroup
}
{\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
\catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
\gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
\gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
]
%
\def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
\ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
\else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
\advance\filenamelength by 1
\fi
\nextsp}
\def\getfilename#1{%
\filenamelength=0
% If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
% snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
\edef\temp{#1}%
\expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
}
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
\let \startlink \pdfannotlink
\else
\let \startlink \pdfstartlink
\fi
% make a live url in pdf output.
\def\pdfurl#1{%
\begingroup
% it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
% tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
% of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
% people have actually reported a problem with.
%
\normalturnoffactive
\def\@{@}%
\let\/=\empty
\makevalueexpandable
% do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
% special-casing \var here?
\def\var##1{##1}%
%
\leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
\endgroup}
% \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may
% be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index
% entry.
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
\def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
\def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
\def\maketoks{%
\expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
\ifx\first0\adn0
\else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
\else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
\else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
\else
\ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
\ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
\let\next=\maketoks
\addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
\ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\next}
\def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
{\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
\def\pdflink#1{%
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
\setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
\def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
\else
% non-pdf mode
\let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
\let\pdfurl = \gobble
\let\endlink = \relax
\let\setcolor = \gobble
\let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
\let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
%
% For XeTeX
%
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\else
%
% XeTeX version check
%
\ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
% TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
% It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
% For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
% instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
\special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
% XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
% It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
\txiuseunicodedestnametrue
\else
% XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
% `dvipdfmx:config' special.
% So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
% xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
%
% XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
% because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
% It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
\fi
%
% Color support
%
\def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
\def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
%
\def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
%
% Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
% so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
\def\setcolor#1{%
\xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
\domark
\pdfsetcolor{#1}%
}
%
\def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
\edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
\def\currentcolordefs{}
%
\def\makefootline{%
\baselineskip24pt
\line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
}
%
\def\makeheadline{%
\vbox to 0pt{%
\vskip-22.5pt
\line{%
\vbox to8.5pt{}%
% Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
\getcolormarks
% Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
}%
\vss
}%
\nointerlineskip
}
%
% PDF outline support
%
% Emulate pdfTeX primitive
\def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
\special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
}
%
\def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
\iftxiuseunicodedestname
% Pass through Unicode characters.
\else
% Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\fi
\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
\txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
}}
%
\def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
\turnoffactive
% Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
% For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
% So we do not convert.
\txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
}}
%
\def\pdfmkdest#1{%
\setpdfdestname{#1}%
\safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
}
%
% by default, use black for everything.
\def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
%
\def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
\setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
\setpdfdestname{#3}
\ifx\pdfdestname\empty
\def\pdfdestname{#4}%
\fi
%
\special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
<< /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
}
%
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
\begingroup
%
% For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
% Therefore, we read toc only once.
%
% We use node names as destinations.
%
% Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
% for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
% horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
\def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
%
\let\appentry\numchapentry%
\let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
\let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
\let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
\def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
\let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
\let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
\let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
%
% For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
% Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
%
\indexnofonts
\setupdatafile
% We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
% Texinfo index files. So set that up.
\def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
\def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
\catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
\input \tocreadfilename
\endgroup
}
{\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
\catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
\gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
\gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
]
\special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
% ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
% because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
% However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
% ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
% It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
%
\def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
\ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
\else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
\advance\filenamelength by 1
\fi
\nextsp}
\def\getfilename#1{%
\filenamelength=0
% If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
% snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
\edef\temp{#1}%
\expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
}
% make a live url in pdf output.
\def\pdfurl#1{%
\begingroup
% it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
% tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
% of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
% people have actually reported a problem with.
%
\normalturnoffactive
\def\@{@}%
\let\/=\empty
\makevalueexpandable
% do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
% special-casing \var here?
\def\var##1{##1}%
%
\leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
\special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
\endgroup}
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
\def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
\def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
\def\maketoks{%
\expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
\ifx\first0\adn0
\else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
\else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
\else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
\else
\ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
\ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
\let\next=\maketoks
\addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
\ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\next}
\def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
{\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
\def\pdflink#1{%
\special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
/Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
\def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
%
%
% @image support
%
% #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
\def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
\def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
%
% XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
% others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
% someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
% bitmap.
\let\xeteximgext=\empty
\begingroup
\openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
\errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup
%
% Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line
% after the image.
\hbox\bgroup
\def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
\ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
\XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
\else
\def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
\ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
\XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
\else
\XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
\fi
\fi
\ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
\ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
\egroup
}
\fi
%
\message{fonts,}
% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
%
\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
%
% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
\def\baselinefactor{1}
%
\newdimen\textleading
\def\setleading#1{%
\dimen0 = #1\relax
\normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
\normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
\normalbaselines
\setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
\vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
}%
}
% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
%
% do nothing with this by default.
\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
%%Version: 1.000
%%EndComments
/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
12 dict begin
begincmap
/CIDSystemInfo
<< /Registry (TeX)
/Ordering (OT1)
/Supplement 0
>> def
/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
/CMapType 2 def
1 begincodespacerange
<00> <7F>
endcodespacerange
8 beginbfrange
<00> <01> <0393>
<09> <0A> <03A8>
<23> <26> <0023>
<28> <3B> <0028>
<3F> <5B> <003F>
<5D> <5E> <005D>
<61> <7A> <0061>
<7B> <7C> <2013>
endbfrange
40 beginbfchar
<02> <0398>
<03> <039B>
<04> <039E>
<05> <03A0>
<06> <03A3>
<07> <03D2>
<08> <03A6>
<0B> <00660066>
<0C> <00660069>
<0D> <0066006C>
<0E> <006600660069>
<0F> <00660066006C>
<10> <0131>
<11> <0237>
<12> <0060>
<13> <00B4>
<14> <02C7>
<15> <02D8>
<16> <00AF>
<17> <02DA>
<18> <00B8>
<19> <00DF>
<1A> <00E6>
<1B> <0153>
<1C> <00F8>
<1D> <00C6>
<1E> <0152>
<1F> <00D8>
<21> <0021>
<22> <201D>
<27> <2019>
<3C> <00A1>
<3D> <003D>
<3E> <00BF>
<5C> <201C>
<5F> <02D9>
<60> <2018>
<7D> <02DD>
<7E> <007E>
<7F> <00A8>
endbfchar
endcmap
CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
end
end
%%EndResource
%%EOF
}\endgroup
\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
}%
%
% \cmapOT1IT
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
%%Version: 1.000
%%EndComments
/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
12 dict begin
begincmap
/CIDSystemInfo
<< /Registry (TeX)
/Ordering (OT1IT)
/Supplement 0
>> def
/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
/CMapType 2 def
1 begincodespacerange
<00> <7F>
endcodespacerange
8 beginbfrange
<00> <01> <0393>
<09> <0A> <03A8>
<25> <26> <0025>
<28> <3B> <0028>
<3F> <5B> <003F>
<5D> <5E> <005D>
<61> <7A> <0061>
<7B> <7C> <2013>
endbfrange
42 beginbfchar
<02> <0398>
<03> <039B>
<04> <039E>
<05> <03A0>
<06> <03A3>
<07> <03D2>
<08> <03A6>
<0B> <00660066>
<0C> <00660069>
<0D> <0066006C>
<0E> <006600660069>
<0F> <00660066006C>
<10> <0131>
<11> <0237>
<12> <0060>
<13> <00B4>
<14> <02C7>
<15> <02D8>
<16> <00AF>
<17> <02DA>
<18> <00B8>
<19> <00DF>
<1A> <00E6>
<1B> <0153>
<1C> <00F8>
<1D> <00C6>
<1E> <0152>
<1F> <00D8>
<21> <0021>
<22> <201D>
<23> <0023>
<24> <00A3>
<27> <2019>
<3C> <00A1>
<3D> <003D>
<3E> <00BF>
<5C> <201C>
<5F> <02D9>
<60> <2018>
<7D> <02DD>
<7E> <007E>
<7F> <00A8>
endbfchar
endcmap
CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
end
end
%%EndResource
%%EOF
}\endgroup
\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
}%
%
% \cmapOT1TT
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
%%Version: 1.000
%%EndComments
/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
12 dict begin
begincmap
/CIDSystemInfo
<< /Registry (TeX)
/Ordering (OT1TT)
/Supplement 0
>> def
/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
/CMapType 2 def
1 begincodespacerange
<00> <7F>
endcodespacerange
5 beginbfrange
<00> <01> <0393>
<09> <0A> <03A8>
<21> <26> <0021>
<28> <5F> <0028>
<61> <7E> <0061>
endbfrange
32 beginbfchar
<02> <0398>
<03> <039B>
<04> <039E>
<05> <03A0>
<06> <03A3>
<07> <03D2>
<08> <03A6>
<0B> <2191>
<0C> <2193>
<0D> <0027>
<0E> <00A1>
<0F> <00BF>
<10> <0131>
<11> <0237>
<12> <0060>
<13> <00B4>
<14> <02C7>
<15> <02D8>
<16> <00AF>
<17> <02DA>
<18> <00B8>
<19> <00DF>
<1A> <00E6>
<1B> <0153>
<1C> <00F8>
<1D> <00C6>
<1E> <0152>
<1F> <00D8>
<20> <2423>
<27> <2019>
<60> <2018>
<7F> <00A8>
endbfchar
endcmap
CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
end
end
%%EndResource
%%EOF
}\endgroup
\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
}%
\fi\fi
% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
% Example:
% #1 = \textrm
% #2 = \rmshape
% #3 = 10
% #4 = \mainmagstep
% #5 = OT1
%
\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
\csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
}
% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
\let\cmap\gobble
%
% (end of cmaps)
% Use cm as the default font prefix.
% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
% before you read in texinfo.tex.
\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
\def\fontprefix{cm}
\fi
% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
\def\rmshape{r}
\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold
\def\bfshape{b}
\def\bxshape{bx}
\def\ttshape{tt}
\def\ttbshape{tt}
\def\ttslshape{sltt}
\def\itshape{ti}
\def\itbshape{bxti}
\def\slshape{sl}
\def\slbshape{bxsl}
\def\sfshape{ss}
\def\sfbshape{ss}
\def\scshape{csc}
\def\scbshape{csc}
% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.)
%
\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
\def\textecsize{1095}
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
\font\smalli=cmmi9
\font\smallsy=cmsy9
\def\smallecsize{0900}
% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
\font\smalleri=cmmi8
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
\font\seveni=cmmi7
\font\sevensy=cmsy7
\def\sevenecsize{0700}
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\titlebf=\titlerm
\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
\def\titleecsize{2074}
% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
\let\chapbf=\chaprm
\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
\def\chapecsize{1728}
% Section fonts (14.4pt).
\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\secbf\secrm
\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
\def\sececsize{1440}
% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
\def\ssececsize{1200}
% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
\font\reducedi=cmmi10
\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
\def\reducedecsize{1000}
\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
\textfonts % reset the current fonts
\rm
} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
%
\def\definetextfontsizex{%
% Text fonts (10pt).
\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
\def\textecsize{1000}
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
\font\smalli=cmmi9
\font\smallsy=cmsy9
\def\smallecsize{0900}
% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
\font\smalleri=cmmi8
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
\font\seveni=cmmi7
\font\sevensy=cmsy7
\def\sevenecsize{0700}
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\titlebf=\titlerm
\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
\def\titleecsize{2074}
% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\chapbf\chaprm
\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
\def\chapecsize{1440}
% Section fonts (12pt).
\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
\let\secbf\secrm
\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\font\seci=cmmi12
\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
\def\sececsize{1200}
% Subsection fonts (10pt).
\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\font\sseci=cmmi10
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
\def\ssececsize{1000}
% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
\font\reducedi=cmmi9
\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
\def\reducedecsize{0900}
\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs
\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM
\textfonts % reset the current fonts
\rm
} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
% Fonts for short table of contents.
\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
% We provide the user-level command
% @fonttextsize 10
% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
%
\def\xiword{11}
\def\xword{10}
\def\xwordpt{10pt}
%
\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
\def\textsizearg{#1}%
%\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
%
% Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
% makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
%
\begingroup \globaldefs=1
\ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
\else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
\else
\errhelp=\EMsimple
\errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
\fi\fi
\endgroup
}
%
% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
% italics, not bold italics.
%
\def\setfontstyle#1{%
\def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
\csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font
}
\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}\def\ttstylename{tt}
% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
% So we set up a \sf.
\newfam\sffam
\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
% We don't need math for this font style.
\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.
% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
%
\def\resetmathfonts{%
\textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
\textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
\textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
%
% Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless
% of the current font size.
\scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy
\scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl
\scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt
\scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf
}
%
% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings
% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs
% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm)
% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font.
%
% The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics
% in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only.
%
% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used
% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
%
% This all needs generalizing, badly.
%
\def\assignfonts#1{%
\expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
}
\newif\ifrmisbold
% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size
% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for
% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
\def\switchtolllsize{%
\expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
\ifrmisbold
\let\rmfont\bffont
\fi
\csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
}%
\def\switchtolsize{%
\expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
\ifrmisbold
\let\rmfont\bffont
\fi
\csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
}%
\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
\def\curfontsize{#1}%
\def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
\csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
\assignfonts{#1}%
\resetmathfonts
\setleading{#4}%
}}
\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true}
\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true}
\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true}
\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true}
\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
% can fit this many characters:
% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
%
% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
% --karl, 24jan03.
% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
%
\definetextfontsizexi
% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
% this property, we can check that font parameter.
%
\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
{
\catcode`\'=\active
\catcode`\`=\active
\gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright}
\gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq}
}
% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe
% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d).
% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it
% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the
% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
%
\def\codequoteright{%
\ifmonospace
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
'%
\else \char'15 \fi
\else \char'15 \fi
\else
'%
\fi
}
%
% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
% the code environments to do likewise.
%
\def\codequoteleft{%
\ifmonospace
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
% \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
\relax`%
\else \char'22 \fi
\else \char'22 \fi
\else
\relax`%
\fi
}
% Commands to set the quote options.
%
\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
= t%
\else\ifx\temp\offword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
= \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
%
\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
= t%
\else\ifx\temp\offword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
= \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
% Font commands.
% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
\ifusingtt
{{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
{\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
\next
}
\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following
% character) is such as not to need one.
\def\smartitaliccorrection{%
\ifx\next,%
\else\ifx\next-%
\else\ifx\next.%
\else\ifx\next\.%
\else\ifx\next\comma%
\else\ptexslash
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\aftersmartic
}
% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns.
\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}}
% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
% ttsl for book titles, do we?
\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}
\def\aftersmartic{}
\def\var#1{%
\let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
\def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
\smartslanted{#1}%
}
\let\i=\smartitalic
\let\slanted=\smartslanted
\let\dfn=\smartslanted
\let\emph=\smartitalic
% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong.
\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
\let\strong=\b
% @sansserif, explicit sans.
\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
%
\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
%
\catcode`@=11
\def\plainfrenchspacing{%
\sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
\sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
}
\def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
\sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
\sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
}
\catcode`@=\other
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
% @t, explicit typewriter.
\def\t#1{%
{\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
\null
}
% @samp.
\def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes.
\let\indicateurl=\samp
% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same
% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc.
% This is a subroutine for that.
\def\tclose#1{%
{%
% Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
\spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
%
% Switch to typewriter.
\tt
%
% But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
\def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
%
% Turn off hyphenation.
\nohyphenation
%
\plainfrenchspacing
#1%
}%
\null % reset spacefactor to 1000
}
% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
% (But see \codedashfinish below.)
% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
%
% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms.
{
\catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
\global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions
%
\global\def\code{\begingroup
\setcodequotes
\catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
\ifallowcodebreaks
\let-\codedash
\let_\codeunder
\else
\let-\normaldash
\let_\realunder
\fi
% Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
% after the hyphen.
\global\let\codedashprev=\codedash
%
\codex
}
%
\gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
\gdef\codedashfinish{%
\normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
%
% Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
% (a) the next character is a -, or
% (b) the preceding character is a -.
% E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
% Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
\ifx\next\codedash \else
\ifx\codedashprev\codedash
\else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
\fi
% we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
% space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}.
\global\let\codedashprev= \next
}
}
\def\normaldash{-}
%
\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
\def\codeunder{%
% this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
% is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
% will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
% (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
\ifusingtt{\ifmmode
\mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
\else\normalunderscore \fi
\discretionary{}{}{}}%
{\_}%
}
% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad.
% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at -
% and _ on and off.
%
\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
\def\keywordtrue{true}
\def\keywordfalse{false}
\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
\def\txiarg{#1}%
\ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
\allowcodebreakstrue
\else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
\allowcodebreaksfalse
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
\fi\fi
}
% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary,
% so use \code rather than \samp.
\let\command=\code
\let\env=\code
\let\file=\code
\let\option=\code
% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
% The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in
% \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking. Set it to
% a negative value for this paragraph only. Hopefully this does not
% conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere.
\def\nopretolerance{%
\pretolerance=-1
\def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}%
}
% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
% places within the url.
\def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
\let\uref=\urefbreak
%
\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
\unsepspaces
\pdfurl{#1}%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\ifpdf
% For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
\ifurefurlonlylink
% PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
\unhbox0
\else
% PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
% visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
\unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
\fi
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
\else
% For XeTeX
\ifurefurlonlylink
% PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
\unhbox0
\else
% PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
% visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
\unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\else
\urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
\fi
\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
\def\urefcatcodes{%
\catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
\catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
\catcode`\/=\active
}
{
\urefcatcodes
%
\global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
\setcodequotes
\urefcatcodes
\let&\urefcodeamp
\let.\urefcodedot
\let#\urefcodehash
\let?\urefcodequest
\let/\urefcodeslash
\codex
}
%
% By default, they are just regular characters.
\global\def&{\normalamp}
\global\def.{\normaldot}
\global\def#{\normalhash}
\global\def?{\normalquest}
\global\def/{\normalslash}
}
\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak}
\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak}
\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak}
\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak}
\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
{
\catcode`\/=\active
\global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
\urefprebreak \slashChar
% Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
% slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
\ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi
}
}
% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to
% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at
% all, for manual control.
%
\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
\def\txiarg{#1}%
\ifx\txiarg\wordnone
\def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
\def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
\def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak}
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
\def\wordafter{after}
\def\wordbefore{before}
\def\wordnone{none}
% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can
% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in
% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added
% at the end of the line, or no break at all here.
% Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how
% preferable one choice is over the other.
\def\urefallowbreak{%
\penalty0\relax
\hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax
\penalty1000\relax
\hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax
}
\urefbreakstyle after
% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
%
\let\url=\uref
% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
%
%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
\ifpdforxetex
\def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
\def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
\pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
\else
\let\email=\uref
\fi
% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
\def\txiarg{#1}%
\ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
\def\worddistinct{distinct}
\def\wordexample{example}
\def\wordcode{code}
% Default is `distinct'.
\kbdinputstyle distinct
% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
% then @kbd has no effect.
\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}}
\def\xkey{\key}
\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{%
\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi
}
% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size.
%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
%\font\keysy=cmsy9
%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already
% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But
% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt.
%
\def\key#1{{\setregularquotes
\nohyphenation
\ifmonospace\else\tt\fi
#1}\null}
% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
\def\click{\arrow}
% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
%
\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
% all-uppercase.
%
\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
{\switchtolsize #1}%
\def\temp{#2}%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
\fi
\null % reset \spacefactor=1000
}
% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
%
\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
{\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
\def\temp{#2}%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
\fi
\null % reset \spacefactor=1000
}
% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
%
\def\asis#1{#1}
% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
%
% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
% which is what @var uses.
{
\catcode`\_ = \active
\gdef\mathunderscore{%
\catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
}
}
% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
%
% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
%
\def\math{%
\ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
\tex
\mathunderscore
\let\\ = \mathbackslash
\mathactive
% make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
\let\"=\ddot
\let\'=\acute
\let\==\bar
\let\^=\hat
\let\`=\grave
\let\u=\breve
\let\v=\check
\let\~=\tilde
\let\dotaccent=\dot
% have to provide another name for sup operator
\let\mathopsup=\sup
$\expandafter\finishmath\fi
}
\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
%
{
\catcode`^ = \active
\catcode`< = \active
\catcode`> = \active
\catcode`+ = \active
\catcode`' = \active
\gdef\mathactive{%
\let^ = \ptexhat
\let< = \ptexless
\let> = \ptexgtr
\let+ = \ptexplus
\let' = \ptexquoteright
}
}
% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the
% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
%
\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
%
\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
% provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common
\def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}}
% @displaymath.
% \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and
% \end tex. Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex.
{\obeylines
\globaldefs=1
\envdef\displaymath{%
\tex%
\def\thisenv{\displaymath}%
\begingroup\let\end\displaymathend%
$$%
}
\def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}%
\def\Edisplaymath{%
\def\thisenv{\tex}%
\end tex
}}
% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
%
\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
%
\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
\def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
\ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
}
%
% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
\def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
\ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
}
%
% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for
% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal
% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the
% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
%
\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
\def\inlinerawname{#1}%
\ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
\endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
}
% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
%
\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
\def\inlinevarname{#1}%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
\else\ignorespaces#2\fi
}
% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
%
\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
\def\inlinevarname{#1}%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
}
\message{glyphs,}
% and logos.
% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
\def\@{\char64 }
\let\atchar=\@
% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}}
\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}}
\let\{=\lbracechar
\let\}=\rbracechar
% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
\let\comma = ,
% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
\let\, = \ptexc
\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
\let\tieaccent = \ptext
\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
\let\udotaccent = \d
% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
\def\questiondown{?`}
\def\exclamdown{!`}
\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
\def\imacro{i}
\def\jmacro{j}
\def\dotless#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
\else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
\else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
\fi\fi
}
% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
%
\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
% \scriptscriptstyle).
%
\def\LaTeX{%
L\kern-.36em
{\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
\vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
\ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
% for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
% Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
\count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
\else
% For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
\switchtolllsize A%
\fi
}%
\vss
}}%
\kern-.15em
\TeX
}
% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
% but safer, and can't hurt.
\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
%
\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
% whichever is larger.
%
\def\dots{%
\leavevmode
\setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
\ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
\dimen0 = \wd0
\else
\dimen0 = 1.5em
\fi
\hbox to \dimen0{%
\hskip 0pt plus.25fil
.\hskip 0pt plus1fil
.\hskip 0pt plus1fil
.\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
}%
}
% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
%
\def\enddots{%
\dots
\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
}
% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
%
% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
%
\def\point{$\star$}
\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
% The @error{} command.
% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
%
\newbox\errorbox
%
{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
%
\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
\hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
\advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
\vbox{%
\hrule height\dimen2
\hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
\vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
\kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
\hrule height\dimen2}
\hfil}
%
\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
%
\def\pounds{\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"BF}\else{\it\$}\fi}
% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
%
% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
% font height.
%
% feymr - regular
% feymo - slanted
% feybr - bold
% feybo - bold slanted
%
% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
% Hmm.
%
% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
% Hope not.
%
%
\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
\def\eurofont{%
% We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
% \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
% installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
% font installed.
%
% There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
% that to the current nominal size.
%
% By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
% does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
%
\def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
%
\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
% bold:
\font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
\else
% regular:
\font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
\fi
\thiseurofont
}
% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because
% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
% the redefinition.
%
% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
%
\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
%
% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the
% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
%
% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
% the same EC font.
\def\ogonek#1{{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
\else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
\else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
\else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
\else
\ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
\ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
\else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi
}%
}
\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
%
% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec
% package and follow the same conventions.
%
\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
%
\def\etcfont#1{%
% We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
% is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
% quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
% hopefully nobody will notice/care.
\edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
\edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
\ifmonospace
% typewriter:
\font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
% bold:
\font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
% regular:
\font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\fi
\fi
\thisecfont
}
% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
%
\def\registeredsymbol{%
$^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
}$%
}
% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
%
\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
% so we'll define it if necessary.
%
\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
\fi
% Quotes.
\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
\chardef\quoteright=`\'
% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using
% \ecfont unless necessary.
\def\quotedblleft{%
\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"10}\else{\char"5C}\fi
}
\def\quotedblright{%
\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"11}\else{\char`\"}\fi
}
\message{page headings,}
\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
\newif\ifseenauthor
\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
\errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
after the title page.}}%
\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
\errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you
want the contents after the title page.}}%
\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
\begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
\endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
\envdef\titlepage{%
% Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
\begingroup
\parindent=0pt \textfonts
% Leave some space at the very top of the page.
\vglue\titlepagetopglue
% No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
\finishedtitlepagetrue
%
% Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
% at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
\let\oldpage = \page
\def\page{%
\iffinishedtitlepage\else
\finishtitlepage
\fi
\let\page = \oldpage
\page
\null
}%
}
\def\Etitlepage{%
\iffinishedtitlepage\else
\finishtitlepage
\fi
% It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
% because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
% If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
% after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
\oldpage
\endgroup
%
% Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
% in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
\HEADINGSon
}
\def\finishtitlepage{%
\vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
\vskip\titlepagebottomglue
\finishedtitlepagetrue
}
% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used
% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
%
\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
\rm
\hyphenpenalty=10000
\parindent=0pt
\tolerance=5000
\ptexraggedright
}
% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
\parseargdef\title{%
\checkenv\titlepage
\vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
% print a rule at the page bottom also.
\finishedtitlepagefalse
\vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
}
\parseargdef\subtitle{%
\checkenv\titlepage
{\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
}
% @author should come last, but may come many times.
% It can also be used inside @quotation.
%
\parseargdef\author{%
\def\temp{\quotation}%
\ifx\thisenv\temp
\def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
\else
\checkenv\titlepage
\ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
{\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
\fi
}
% Set up page headings and footings.
\let\thispage=\folio
\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter
\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter
\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
\headline={{\textfonts\rm
\ifchapterpage
\ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi
\else
\ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi
\fi}}
\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
\else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
% Commands to set those variables.
% For example, this is what @headings on does
% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
% @evenfooting @thisfile||
% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline}
\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline}
\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
%
% Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
% @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
\global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
\global\advance\vsize by -12pt
}
\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
%
% The same set of arguments for:
%
% @oddheadingmarks
% @evenfootingmarks
% @oddfootingmarks
% @everyheadingmarks
% @everyfootingmarks
% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
%
\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
\global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
}
\everyheadingmarks bottom
\everyfootingmarks bottom
% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
% @headings off turns them off.
% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
\evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}%
\oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}%
}
\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
\HEADINGSoff % it's the default
% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
\def\pageone{
\global\pageno=1
\global\arabiccount = \pagecount
}
% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
% edge of all pages.
\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
\pageone
\HEADINGSdoublex
}
\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
% page number on top right.
\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
\pageone
\HEADINGSsinglex
}
\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil}}
\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
}
\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
}
% for @setchapternewpage off
\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{%
\pageone
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline
\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
}
% Subroutines used in generating headings
% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
\ifx\today\thisisundefined
\def\today{%
\number\day\space
\ifcase\month
\or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
\or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
\or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
\fi
\space\number\year}
\fi
% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
% It generates no output of its own.
\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
\message{tables,}
% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
% default indentation of table text
\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
\newdimen\itemmax
% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
% these defs.
% They also define \itemindex
% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
\advance\hsize by -\tableindent
\setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
\itemindex{#1}%
\nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
%
% If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
% by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
% line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
% command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
% horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
\ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
%
% Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
% but leave it ragged-right.
\begingroup
\advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
\advance\hsize by\tableindent
\advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
\leavevmode\unhbox0\par
\endgroup
%
% We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
% \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
\nobreak \vskip-\parskip
%
% Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
% what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
% \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
% cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
% bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
% \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
%
\penalty 10001
\endgroup
\itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
\else
% The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
% following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
\noindent
% Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
% the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
% eventually be printed.
\nobreak\kern-\tableindent
\dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
\unhbox0
\nobreak\kern\dimen0
\endgroup
\itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
\fi
}
\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
\envdef\table{%
\let\itemindex\gobble
\tablecheck{table}%
}
\envdef\ftable{%
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
\tablecheck{ftable}%
}
\envdef\vtable{%
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
\tablecheck{vtable}%
}
\def\tablecheck#1{%
\ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
\endgroup
\errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
\def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
\else
\let\next\tablex
\fi
\next
}
\def\tablex#1{%
\def\itemindicate{#1}%
\parsearg\tabley
}
\def\tabley#1{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
\expandafter
}\temp \endtablez
}
\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
\aboveenvbreak
\ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
\ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
\itemmax=\tableindent
\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
\advance \leftskip by \tableindent
\exdentamount=\tableindent
\parindent = 0pt
\parskip = \smallskipamount
\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
\let\item = \internalBitem
\let\itemx = \internalBitemx
}
\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
\let\Eftable\Etable
\let\Evtable\Etable
\let\Eitemize\Etable
\let\Eenumerate\Etable
% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
\newcount \itemno
\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
\def\doitemize#1{%
\aboveenvbreak
\itemmax=\itemindent
\advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
\exdentamount=\itemindent
\parindent=0pt
\parskip=\smallskipamount
\ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
%
% Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
% something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
% right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
% world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
% the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
\def\itemcontents{#1}%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
%
% @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
\ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
%
\let\item=\itemizeitem
}
% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
%
\def\itemizeitem{%
\advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
{%
% If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
% \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
% done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
% parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
% other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
% usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
% space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
% that's the theory.
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
\noindent
\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
%
\ifinner\else
\vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
\fi
% We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
% @itemize looks awful there.
}%
\flushcr
}
% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
%
\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
% argument is the same as `1'.
%
\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
% If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
\def\thearg{#1}%
\ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
%
% Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
% letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
% (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
% This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
% all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
\expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
\ifx\rest\empty
% Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
% A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
% An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
% not equal to itself.
% Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
%
% We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
% continuing to look for a .
%
\ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
\numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
\else
% It's a letter.
\ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
\lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
\else
\uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
\fi
\fi
\else
% Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
\numericenumerate
\fi
}
% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
% given in \thearg.
%
\def\numericenumerate{%
\itemno = \thearg
\startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
}
% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
\itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
\startenumeration{%
% Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
\ifnum\itemno=0
\errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
alphabet}%
\fi
\char\lccode\itemno
}%
}
% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
\itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
\startenumeration{%
% Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
\ifnum\itemno=0
\errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
alphabet}
\fi
\char\uccode\itemno
}%
}
% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
%
\def\startenumeration#1{%
\advance\itemno by -1
\doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
}
% @multitable macros
% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
%
\let\endsetuptable\relax
\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
\let\columnfractions\relax
\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
\newif\ifsetpercent
% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
%
\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
\global\advance\colcount by 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
\setuptable
}
\newcount\colcount
\def\setuptable#1{%
\def\firstarg{#1}%
\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
\let\go = \relax
\else
\ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
\global\setpercenttrue
\else
\ifsetpercent
\let\go\pickupwholefraction
\else
\global\advance\colcount by 1
\setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
% separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
\fi
\fi
\ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
% Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
% we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
\def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
\else
\let\go = \setuptable
\fi%
\fi
\go
}
% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments
% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
% undo it ourselves.
\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
\def\headitem{%
\checkenv\multitable
\crcr
\gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
\global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
\the\everytab % for the first item
}%
%
% default for tables with no headings.
\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
%
\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
%
\envdef\multitable{%
\vskip\parskip
\startsavinginserts
%
% @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
% We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
% contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
% \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
\def\item{\crcr}%
%
\tolerance=9500
\hbadness=9500
\parskip=0pt
\parindent=6pt
\overfullrule=0pt
\global\colcount=0
%
\everycr = {%
\noalign{%
\global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
\global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
%
% Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
\checkinserts
%
% Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
\headitemcrhook
\global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
}%
}%
%
\parsearg\domultitable
}
\def\domultitable#1{%
% To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
%
% This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
% be used as many times as user calls for columns.
% \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
% continue for many paragraphs if desired.
\halign\bgroup &%
\global\advance\colcount by 1
\strut
\vtop{%
\advance\hsize by -1\leftskip
% Find the correct column width
\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
%
\rightskip=0pt
\ifnum\colcount=1
\advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text
\else
% In order to keep entries from bumping into each other.
\leftskip=12pt
\ifsetpercent \else
% If a template has been used
\advance\hsize by \leftskip
\fi
\fi
\noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut
}\cr
}
\def\Emultitable{%
\crcr
\egroup % end the \halign
\global\setpercentfalse
}
\message{conditionals,}
% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
% attempt to close an environment group.
%
\def\makecond#1{%
\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
\expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
}
\makecond{iftex}
\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
\makecond{ifnothtml}
\makecond{ifnotinfo}
\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
\makecond{ifnotxml}
% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
%
\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
\def\html{\doignore{html}}
\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
%
% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
\newcount\doignorecount
\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
% Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
\obeylines
\catcode`\@ = \other
\catcode`\{ = \other
\catcode`\} = \other
%
% Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
\spaceisspace
%
% Count number of #1's that we've seen.
\doignorecount = 0
%
% Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
\dodoignore{#1}%
}
{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
\obeylines %
%
\gdef\dodoignore#1{%
% #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
%
% Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
\long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
%
% And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
% line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
% example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
\long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
%
% And now expand that command.
\doignoretext ^^M%
}%
}
\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
\let\next\doignoretextzzz
\else % Found a nested condition, ...
\advance\doignorecount by 1
\let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
% If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
\fi
\next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
}
% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
%
\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
\ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
\let\next\enddoignore
\else % Still inside a nested condition.
\advance\doignorecount by -1
\let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
\fi
\next
}
% Finish off ignored text.
{ \obeylines%
% Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
% environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
% would result in a blank line in the output.
\gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
}
% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
%
% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
% didn't need it.
% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
%
\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\def\temp{#2}%
\edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
\ifx\temp\empty
\next{}%
\else
\setzzz#2\endsetzzz
\fi
}%
}
% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
%
\parseargdef\clear{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
}%
}
% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
{
\catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
%
\gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
\let\value = \expandablevalue
% We don't want these characters active, ...
\catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
% ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
% we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
% So \let them to their normal equivalents.
\let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore
}
}
\def\expandablevalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
{[No value for ``#1'']}%
\message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
\else
\csname SET#1\endcsname
\fi
}
% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when
% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it
% will be set by the time it is read back in.
%
% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
\def\dummyvalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
\string\value{#1}%
\else
\csname SET#1\endcsname
\fi
}
% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
% if possible, otherwise sort late.
\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
ZZZZZZZ%
\else
\csname SET#1\endcsname
\fi
}
% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
% with @set.
%
% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
% \makecond and then redefine.
%
\makecond{ifset}
\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
\def\doifset#1#2{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\let\next=\empty
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
#1% If not set, redefine \next.
\fi
\expandafter
}\next
}
\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
%
% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
%
\makecond{ifclear}
\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the
% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
%
\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
%
\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
\makevalueexpandable
\let\next=\empty
\expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
#1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
\fi
\expandafter
}\next
}
\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above.
\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
\set txicommandconditionals
% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
\let\dircategory=\comment
% @defininfoenclose.
\let\definfoenclose=\comment
\message{indexing,}
% Index generation facilities
% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX.
% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX.
% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
% for the sake of vms.
%
\def\newindex#1{%
\expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
\noexpand\doindex{#1}}
}
% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
%
\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
%
\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
%
\def\newcodeindex#1{%
\expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
\noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
}
% The default indices:
\newindex{cp}% concepts,
\newcodeindex{fn}% functions,
\newcodeindex{vr}% variables,
\newcodeindex{tp}% types,
\newcodeindex{ky}% keys
\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs.
% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
%
% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
% inside @code.
%
\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
% #3 the target index (bar).
\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
\requireopenindexfile{#3}%
% redefine \fooindfile:
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
% redefine \fooindex:
\expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
}
% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}}
% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo
% commands.
%
\def\atdummies{%
\definedummyletter\@%
\definedummyletter\ %
\definedummyletter\{%
\definedummyletter\}%
\definedummyletter\&%
%
% Do the redefinitions.
\definedummies
\otherbackslash
}
% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
% from whatever follows.
%
% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
%
% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
% space.
%
\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
% Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands.
%
\def\definedummies{%
%
\let\commondummyword\definedummyword
\let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter
\let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
\definedummyletter\_%
\definedummyletter\-%
%
% Non-English letters.
\definedummyword\AA
\definedummyword\AE
\definedummyword\DH
\definedummyword\L
\definedummyword\O
\definedummyword\OE
\definedummyword\TH
\definedummyword\aa
\definedummyword\ae
\definedummyword\dh
\definedummyword\exclamdown
\definedummyword\l
\definedummyword\o
\definedummyword\oe
\definedummyword\ordf
\definedummyword\ordm
\definedummyword\questiondown
\definedummyword\ss
\definedummyword\th
%
% Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
\definedummyword\bf
\definedummyword\gtr
\definedummyword\hat
\definedummyword\less
\definedummyword\sf
\definedummyword\sl
\definedummyword\tclose
\definedummyword\tt
%
\definedummyword\LaTeX
\definedummyword\TeX
%
% Assorted special characters.
\definedummyword\ampchar
\definedummyword\atchar
\definedummyword\arrow
\definedummyword\backslashchar
\definedummyword\bullet
\definedummyword\comma
\definedummyword\copyright
\definedummyword\registeredsymbol
\definedummyword\dots
\definedummyword\enddots
\definedummyword\entrybreak
\definedummyword\equiv
\definedummyword\error
\definedummyword\euro
\definedummyword\expansion
\definedummyword\geq
\definedummyword\guillemetleft
\definedummyword\guillemetright
\definedummyword\guilsinglleft
\definedummyword\guilsinglright
\definedummyword\lbracechar
\definedummyword\leq
\definedummyword\mathopsup
\definedummyword\minus
\definedummyword\ogonek
\definedummyword\pounds
\definedummyword\point
\definedummyword\print
\definedummyword\quotedblbase
\definedummyword\quotedblleft
\definedummyword\quotedblright
\definedummyword\quoteleft
\definedummyword\quoteright
\definedummyword\quotesinglbase
\definedummyword\rbracechar
\definedummyword\result
\definedummyword\sub
\definedummyword\sup
\definedummyword\textdegree
%
\definedummyword\subentry
%
% We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
\macrolist
\let\value\dummyvalue
%
\normalturnoffactive
}
% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts.
% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before
% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters.
%
\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
% Control letters and accents.
\commondummyletter\!%
\commondummyaccent\"%
\commondummyaccent\'%
\commondummyletter\*%
\commondummyaccent\,%
\commondummyletter\.%
\commondummyletter\/%
\commondummyletter\:%
\commondummyaccent\=%
\commondummyletter\?%
\commondummyaccent\^%
\commondummyaccent\`%
\commondummyaccent\~%
\commondummyword\u
\commondummyword\v
\commondummyword\H
\commondummyword\dotaccent
\commondummyword\ogonek
\commondummyword\ringaccent
\commondummyword\tieaccent
\commondummyword\ubaraccent
\commondummyword\udotaccent
\commondummyword\dotless
%
% Texinfo font commands.
\commondummyword\b
\commondummyword\i
\commondummyword\r
\commondummyword\sansserif
\commondummyword\sc
\commondummyword\slanted
\commondummyword\t
%
% Commands that take arguments.
\commondummyword\abbr
\commondummyword\acronym
\commondummyword\anchor
\commondummyword\cite
\commondummyword\code
\commondummyword\command
\commondummyword\dfn
\commondummyword\dmn
\commondummyword\email
\commondummyword\emph
\commondummyword\env
\commondummyword\file
\commondummyword\image
\commondummyword\indicateurl
\commondummyword\inforef
\commondummyword\kbd
\commondummyword\key
\commondummyword\math
\commondummyword\option
\commondummyword\pxref
\commondummyword\ref
\commondummyword\samp
\commondummyword\strong
\commondummyword\tie
\commondummyword\U
\commondummyword\uref
\commondummyword\url
\commondummyword\var
\commondummyword\verb
\commondummyword\w
\commondummyword\xref
}
\let\indexlbrace\relax
\let\indexrbrace\relax
\let\indexatchar\relax
\let\indexbackslash\relax
{\catcode`\@=0
\catcode`\\=13
@gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
}
{
\catcode`\<=13
\catcode`\-=13
\catcode`\`=13
\gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else
% @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
% (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
\let`=\empty
\fi
%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else
\backslashdisappear
\fi
%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else
\def-{}%
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else
\def<{}%
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else
\def\@{}%
\fi
}
\gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
\let-\normaldash
\let<\normalless
}
}
% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
%
\def\indexnofonts{%
% Accent commands should become @asis.
\def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
% We can just ignore other control letters.
\def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
% All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
\let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
% Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
% Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
%\let\tt=\asis
%
\def\ { }%
\def\@{@}%
\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
\def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
%
\uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
\uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
\let\lbracechar\{%
\let\rbracechar\}%
%
% Non-English letters.
\def\AA{AA}%
\def\AE{AE}%
\def\DH{DZZ}%
\def\L{L}%
\def\OE{OE}%
\def\O{O}%
\def\TH{TH}%
\def\aa{aa}%
\def\ae{ae}%
\def\dh{dzz}%
\def\exclamdown{!}%
\def\l{l}%
\def\oe{oe}%
\def\ordf{a}%
\def\ordm{o}%
\def\o{o}%
\def\questiondown{?}%
\def\ss{ss}%
\def\th{th}%
%
\let\do\indexnofontsdef
%
\do\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
\do\TeX{TeX}%
%
% Assorted special characters.
\do\atchar{@}%
\do\arrow{->}%
\do\bullet{bullet}%
\do\comma{,}%
\do\copyright{copyright}%
\do\dots{...}%
\do\enddots{...}%
\do\equiv{==}%
\do\error{error}%
\do\euro{euro}%
\do\expansion{==>}%
\do\geq{>=}%
\do\guillemetleft{<<}%
\do\guillemetright{>>}%
\do\guilsinglleft{<}%
\do\guilsinglright{>}%
\do\leq{<=}%
\do\lbracechar{\{}%
\do\minus{-}%
\do\point{.}%
\do\pounds{pounds}%
\do\print{-|}%
\do\quotedblbase{"}%
\do\quotedblleft{"}%
\do\quotedblright{"}%
\do\quoteleft{`}%
\do\quoteright{'}%
\do\quotesinglbase{,}%
\do\rbracechar{\}}%
\do\registeredsymbol{R}%
\do\result{=>}%
\do\textdegree{o}%
%
% We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
% Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
% makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
% writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
% that starts with \.
%
% Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
% to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
% goes to end-of-line is not handled.
%
\macrolist
\let\value\indexnofontsvalue
}
% Give the control sequence a definition that removes the {} that follows
% its use, e.g. @AA{} -> AA
\def\indexnofontsdef#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}}%
% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
\def\doind#1#2{%
\iflinks
{%
%
\requireopenindexfile{#1}%
\edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
%
\def\indextext{#2}%
\safewhatsit\doindwrite
}%
\fi
}
% Same as \doind, but for code indices
\def\docind#1#2{%
\iflinks
{%
%
\requireopenindexfile{#1}%
\edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
%
\def\indextext{#2}%
\safewhatsit\docindwrite
}%
\fi
}
% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
\edef\suffix{#1}%
% A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
% of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
\ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
% Open the file
\immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
% Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current
% box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
% preceding skips.
\typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
\fi}
\def\indexisfl{fl}
% Definition for writing index entry sort key.
{
\catcode`\-=13
\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
\begingroup
\indexnonalnumreappear
\indexwritesortasxxx}
\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
\xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
}
\def\indexwriteseealso#1{
\gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}%
}
\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{
\gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}%
}
% The default definitions
\def\sortas#1{}%
\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also}
\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}":
% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}"
% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ"
% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext
%
\def\splitindexentry#1{%
\gdef\fullindexsortkey{}%
\xdef\bracedtext{}%
\def\sep{}%
\def\seealso##1{}%
\def\seeentry##1{}%
\expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry
}
% append the results from the next segment
\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{%
\def\segment{#1}%
\ifx\segment\isfinish
\else
%
% Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and
% trim spaces.
\edef\trimmed{\segment}%
\edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
\ifincodeindex
\edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}%
\fi
%
\xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}%
%
% Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all
% font commands turned off.
\bgroup
\let\sortas\indexwritesortas
\let\seealso\indexwriteseealso
\let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry
\indexnofonts
% The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex.
\def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}%
\def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}%
\let\{=\lbracechar
\let\}=\rbracechar
\def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}%
\def\atchar##1{\@}%
\def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}%
\uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}%
%
\let\indexsortkey\empty
\global\let\pagenumbertext\empty
% Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes
% any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment.
\setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}%
\ifx\indexsortkey\empty{%
\indexnonalnumdisappear
\xdef\trimmed{\segment}%
\xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
\xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}%
\ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi
}\fi
%
% Append to \fullindexsortkey.
\edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{%
\fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}%
\tmp
\egroup
\def\sep{\subentry}%
%
\expandafter\doindexsegment
\fi
}
\def\isfinish{\finish}%
\newbox\dummybox % used above
\let\subentry\relax
% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex.
% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux
% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses
% the current value of \escapechar.
\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\}
% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape
% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When
% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then
% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy
% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in
% index files, never standing for themselves.
%
\set txiindexescapeisbackslash
% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file.
%
\newif\ifincodeindex
\def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex}
\def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex}
\def\doindwritex{%
\maybemarginindex
%
\atdummies
%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else
\escapeisbackslash
\fi
%
% For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
\def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
\def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
\uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}%
%
% Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index
% sort key.
\splitindexentry\indextext
%
% Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
% the original text, including any font commands. We write
% three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
% subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
% sorted result.
%
\edef\temp{%
\write\writeto{%
\string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}%
{\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}%
\bracedtext}%
}%
\temp
}
% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented).
\def\maybemarginindex{%
\ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}%
\fi
}
\let\SETmarginindex=\relax
% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
%
% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that
% sequences like this:
% @end defun
% @tindex whatever
% @defun ...
% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
% the previous defun.
%
% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
%
% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
%
% But wait, there is a catch there:
% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
% representation of the skip.
%
% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
%
\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
%
\newskip\whatsitskip
\newcount\whatsitpenalty
%
% ..., ready, GO:
%
\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
#1%
\else
% \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
\whatsitskip = \lastskip
\edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
\whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
%
% If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
% skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
% -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
% non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
% breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
\else
\vskip-\whatsitskip
\fi
%
#1%
%
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
% If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
% perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
% to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
% signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
% following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
% @deffn deffn-whatever
% @vindex index-whatever
% Description.
% would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
% and the "Description." paragraph.
\ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
\else
% On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
% this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
% (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
\nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
\fi
\fi}
% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
% or
% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
% containing these kinds of lines:
% \initial {c}
% before the first topic whose initial is c
% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
% for a topic that is used without subtopics
% \primary {topic}
% \entry {topic}{}
% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
% for each subtopic.
% \secondary {subtopic}{}
% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics
% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist}
% for each sub-subtopic.
% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
\def\findex {\fnindex}
\def\kindex {\kyindex}
\def\cindex {\cpindex}
\def\vindex {\vrindex}
\def\tindex {\tpindex}
\def\pindex {\pgindex}
% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
%
\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
\dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
%
\smallfonts \rm
\tolerance = 9500
\plainfrenchspacing
\everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
%
% See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
\def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
%
% See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
\openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
\ifeof 1
% \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
% and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
% index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
% there is some text.
\putwordIndexNonexistent
\typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
\else
% If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
% false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
% it can discover if there is anything in it.
\read 1 to \thisline
\ifeof 1
\putwordIndexIsEmpty
\else
\expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish%
\fi
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup}
% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index
% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have
% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would
% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error.
\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax
\uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax
\errmessage{%
ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped.
To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi'
or 'texi2pdf' to that at .
If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo
distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0).
You may be able to typeset the index if you run
'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself.
You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by
running a command like
'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do
this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format.
If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again
might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')%
}%
\else
(Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format)
\fi
\else
\begindoublecolumns
\input \jobname.\indexname s
\enddoublecolumns
\fi
\else
\begindoublecolumns
\catcode`\\=0\relax
%
% Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This
% should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files.
%\catcode`\@=12\relax
\catcode`\@=0\relax
\input \jobname.\indexname s
\enddoublecolumns
\fi
}
% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
\catcode`\$=3
\gdef\initialglyphs{%
% special control sequences used in the index sort key
\let\indexlbrace\{%
\let\indexrbrace\}%
\let\indexatchar\@%
\def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
%
% Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the
% math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
% for these characters.
\uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}}
%
% In case @\ is used for backslash
\uppercase{\let\\=~}
% Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
\catcode`\/=13
\def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
\def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
\def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
\def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
\def\_{%
\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
\def|{$\vert$}%
\def<{$\less$}%
\def>{$\gtr$}%
\def+{$\normalplus$}%
}}
\def\initial{%
\bgroup
\initialglyphs
\initialx
}
\def\initialx#1{%
% Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
\removelastskip
%
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
% The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
% bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
\nobreak
\vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
\penalty -300
\vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
%
% Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
% to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
% we need before each entry, but it's better.
%
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
\vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
\leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
% \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
% \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
% \leftline creates.
% Do our best not to break after the initial.
\nobreak
\vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
\egroup % \initialglyphs
}
\newdimen\entryrightmargin
\entryrightmargin=0pt
% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
%
\def\entry{%
\begingroup
%
% Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
% affect previous text.
\par
%
% No extra space above this paragraph.
\parskip = 0in
%
% When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
% from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
% titles, for instance.
\def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
\def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
%
% Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
\afterassignment\doentry
\let\temp =
}
\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
\def\doentry{%
% Save the text of the entry
\global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
\bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
\noindent
\aftergroup\finishentry
% And now comes the text of the entry.
% Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
% with catcodes occurring.
}
{\catcode`\@=11
\gdef\finishentry#1{%
\egroup % end box A
\dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
\global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
\unhbox\boxA
% #1 is the page number.
%
% Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
% leaders if they are present.
\global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
\ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
\null\nobreak\hfill\ %
\else
%
\null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
%
\ifpdforxetex
\pdfgettoks#1.%
\hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
\else
\hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
\fi
\fi
\egroup % end \boxA
\ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
\noindent\unhbox\boxA\par
\nobreak
\else\bgroup
% We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
% page numbers to be aligned to the right.
%
\parindent = 0pt
\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
\rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
% Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
% if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
\parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
%
\advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
% Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
% This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to
% fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
\ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
\dimen@i=2.1em
\else
\dimen@i=0em
\fi
\advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
%
\dimen@ii = \hsize
\advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
\advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
\advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
\ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
\ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text
% Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of
% the first line.
\dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@
\dimen@ii = \hsize
\ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
% If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than
% two lines), use all the space in the first line.
\dimen@ = \dimen@ii
\fi
\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
\advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
\parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii
% Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
% instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
% doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
%
% Indent all lines but the first one.
\advance\leftskip by 1em
\advance\parindent by -1em
\fi\fi
\indent % start paragraph
\unhbox\boxA
%
% Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
\finalhyphendemerits = 0
%
% Word spacing - no stretch
\spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
%
\linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks.
\hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation.
%
\par % format the paragraph
\egroup % The \vbox
\fi
\endgroup
}}
\newskip\thinshrinkable
\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
% the page number to the right.
\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
\hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}}
\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}}
\def\indententry#1#2#3{%
\bgroup
\leftskip=#1
\entry{#2}{#3}%
\egroup
}
% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
\catcode`\@=11 % private names
\newbox\partialpage
\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
% If not much space left on page, start a new page.
\ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
%
% Grab any single-column material above us.
\output = {%
\savetopmark
%
\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
% Unvbox the main output page.
\unvbox\PAGE
\kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
}%
}%
\eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
%
% Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
\output = {\doublecolumnout}%
%
% Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
% routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
% format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
% of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
% execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
%
% First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
% the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
% changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
% below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
% as it did when we hard-coded it.
%
% We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
% can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
% been clobbered.
%
\doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
\advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
\divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
%
% Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
% (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
% previous page.
\advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
\vsize = 2\vsize
%
% For the benefit of balancing columns
\advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
}
% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
%
\def\doublecolumnout{%
%
\savetopmark
\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
\dimen@ = \vsize
\divide\dimen@ by 2
%
% box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
\setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@
\global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage
\onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called
\unvbox\PAGE
\penalty\outputpenalty
}
%
% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
\def\pagesofar{%
\unvbox\partialpage
%
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
\wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
\hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
}
% Finished with double columns.
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
% The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
% _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
% following situation:
%
% The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
% Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
% break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last
% section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
% fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following
% penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
% below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
% routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
% double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
% is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
% the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as
% the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
% break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
% page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
% goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
% section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
% \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
% and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
% \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
%
% Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
% page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
\penalty0
%
\output = {%
% Split the last of the double-column material.
\savetopmark
\balancecolumns
}%
\eject % call the \output just set
\ifdim\pagetotal=0pt
% Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
% want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
% definition right away.
\global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
%
\endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
% Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
% page break.
\box\balancedcolumns
%
% \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
% the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
% typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize.
\global\vsize = \txipageheight %
\pagegoal = \txipageheight %
\else
% We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout
% is called in \balancecolumns. Try again.
\expandafter\enddoublecolumns
\fi
}
\newbox\balancedcolumns
\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
%
% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout
% does the others.
\def\balancecolumns{%
\setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
\dimen@ = \ht0
\ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip
% Don't split a short final column in two.
\setbox2=\vbox{}%
\global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
\else
% double the leading vertical space
\advance\dimen@ by \topskip
\advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
\divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
\dimen@ii = \dimen@
\splittopskip = \topskip
% Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
{%
\vbadness = 10000
\loop
\global\setbox3 = \copy0
\global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
\ifdim\ht1<\ht3
\global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
\repeat
}%
% Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
%
% Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.
% (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
% the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
\ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
% It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material.
% Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page.
\setbox\PAGE=\box0
\doublecolumnout
\else
% Compare the heights of the two columns.
\ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
% Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
% flush with each other.
\setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
\setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
\else
% Make column bottoms flush with each other.
\setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
\setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
\fi
\global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
\fi
\fi
%
}
\catcode`\@ = \other
\message{sectioning,}
% Chapters, sections, etc.
% Let's start with @part.
\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
\def\partzzz#1{%
\chapoddpage
\null
\vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
\begingroup
\noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
\let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
\writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
\headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
% This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
% and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
\let\pchapsepmacro\relax
\chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
\chapoddpage
\endgroup
}
% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered
% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
\newcount\chapno
\newcount\secno \secno=0
\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
%
% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
%
\def\appendixletter{%
\ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
% The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
% expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
% expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
% with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
\else\char\the\appendixno
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use
% these. @section does likewise.
\def\thischapter{}
\def\thischapternum{}
\def\thischaptername{}
\def\thissection{}
\def\thissectionnum{}
\def\thissectionname{}
\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
% we only have subsub.
\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
%
% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
%
% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
\def\chapheadtype{N}
% Choose a heading macro
% #1 is heading type
% #2 is heading level
% #3 is text for heading
\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
% Compute the abs. sec. level:
\absseclevel=#2
\advance\absseclevel by \secbase
% Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
\ifnum \absseclevel < 0
\absseclevel = 0
\else
\ifnum \absseclevel > 3
\absseclevel = 3
\fi
\fi
% The heading type:
\def\headtype{#1}%
\if \headtype U%
\ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
\chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
\fi
\else
% Check for appendix sections:
\ifnum \absseclevel = 0
\edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
\else
\if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
\fi\fi
\fi
% Check for numbered within unnumbered:
\ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
\def\headtype{U}%
\else
\chardef\unnlevel = 3
\fi
\fi
% Now print the heading:
\if \headtype U%
\ifcase\absseclevel
\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
\or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
\or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
\or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
\fi
\else
\if \headtype A%
\ifcase\absseclevel
\appendixzzz{#3}%
\or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
\or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
\or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
\fi
\else
\ifcase\absseclevel
\chapterzzz{#3}%
\or \seczzz{#3}%
\or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
\or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
}
% an interface:
\def\numhead{\genhead N}
\def\apphead{\genhead A}
\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
%
% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
%
\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
\def\chapterzzz#1{%
% section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
% as an @include file.
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
\global\advance\chapno by 1
%
% Used for \float.
\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
\resetallfloatnos
%
% \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
\toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
\message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
%
% Write the actual heading.
\chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
%
% So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
\global\let\section = \numberedsec
\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
}
\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
%
\def\appendixzzz#1{%
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
\global\advance\appendixno by 1
\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
\resetallfloatnos
%
% \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
\toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
\message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
%
\chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
%
\global\let\section = \appendixsec
\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
}
% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
\global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
%
% Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
\global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
\resetallfloatnos
%
% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
% to be executed, not expanded).
%
% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
% \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once,
% simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for
% the toc entries.)
\toks0 = {#1}%
\message{(\the\toks0)}%
%
\chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
%
\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
}
% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
\unnmhead0{#1}%
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
}
% @top is like @unnumbered.
\let\top\unnumbered
% Sections.
%
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
\def\seczzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
}
% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
}
\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
}
% Subsections.
%
% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
% Subsubsections.
%
% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
% These macros control what the section commands do, according
% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
\let\section = \numberedsec
\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
\def\majorheading{%
{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
\parsearg\chapheadingzzz
}
\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
\vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
\nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
}
% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
\newskip\chapheadingskip
% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
% Start a new page
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
\def\chapoddpage{%
\chappager
\ifodd\pageno \else
\begingroup
\headingsoff
\null
\chappager
\endgroup
\fi
}
\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}}
\def\CHAPPAGon{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
\CHAPPAGon
% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
%
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
% Not used for @heading series.
%
% To test against our argument.
\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
%
\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
\expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
\checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
\fi
% Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
\let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
\gdef\thissection{}}%
%
\def\temptype{#2}%
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
\gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
\gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
\gdef\thischapter{}}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\toks0={#1}%
\xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
% \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
% commands in some of the translations.
\gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{}
\noexpand\thischapternum:
\noexpand\thischaptername}%
}%
\else
\toks0={#1}%
\xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
% \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
% commands in some of the translations.
\gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{}
\noexpand\thischapternum:
\noexpand\thischaptername}%
}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
% the preceding space.
\safewhatsit\domark
%
% Insert the chapter heading break.
\pchapsepmacro
%
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
% between here and the heading.
\let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\domark
%
{%
\chapfonts \rm
\let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
%
% Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the
% xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
% after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
\gdef\currentsection{#1}%
%
% Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
% number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{unnchap}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
\def\toctype{omit}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
\def\toctype{app}%
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
\def\toctype{numchap}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
% \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
% entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
\writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
%
% For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
% the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
% been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
% text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
% being visible, for instance under high magnification.
\donoderef{#2}%
%
% Typeset the actual heading.
\nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
\vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
\unhbox0 #1\par}%
}%
\nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
\nobreak
}
% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
\def\centerparameters{%
\advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
\leftskip = \rightskip
\parfillskip = 0pt
}
% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
%
\newskip\secheadingskip
\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
% Subsection titles.
\newskip\subsecheadingskip
\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
% Subsubsection titles.
\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
% Print any size, any type, section title.
%
% #1 is the text of the title,
% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
% #4 is the section number.
%
\def\seckeyword{sec}
%
\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
{%
\def\sectionlevel{#2}%
\def\temptype{#3}%
%
% It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
% environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
% dubious), but not the others.
\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
\checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
\fi
\let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
%
% Switch to the right set of fonts.
\csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
%
% Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
\gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
\fi
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
% Don't redefine \thissection.
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\toks0={#1}%
\xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
% commands in some of the translations.
\gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
\noexpand\thissectionnum:
\noexpand\thissectionname}%
}%
\fi
\else
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\toks0={#1}%
\xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
% commands in some of the translations.
\gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
\noexpand\thissectionnum:
\noexpand\thissectionname}%
}%
\fi
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we
% don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
% if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
\par
%
% Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
% the preceding space.
\safewhatsit\domark
%
% Insert space above the heading.
\csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
%
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
% between here and the heading.
\global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\domark
%
% Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{unn}%
\gdef\currentsection{#1}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
% for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
% and don't redefine \currentsection.
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{omit}%
\let\sectionlevel=\empty
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{app}%
\gdef\currentsection{#1}%
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{num}%
\gdef\currentsection{#1}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
\writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
%
% Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
% Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
\donoderef{#3}%
%
% Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
% That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
% preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
% \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
% break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
% section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
\nobreak
%
% Output the actual section heading.
\vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
\hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
\unhbox0 #1}%
}%
% Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
% Don't allow stretch, though.
\kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
%
% Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
% was followed by glue.
\nobreak
%
% We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
% glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
% discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next
% (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
% or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
% obscuring the section heading with something else.
\vskip-\parskip
%
% This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
% \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
% and do the needful.
\penalty 10001
}
\message{toc,}
% Table of contents.
\newwrite\tocfile
% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
% Called from @chapter, etc.
%
% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
% destination to jump to.
%
% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
%
\newif\iftocfileopened
\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
%
\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
\edef\writetoctype{#1}%
\ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
\iftocfileopened\else
\immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
\global\tocfileopenedtrue
\fi
%
\iflinks
{\atdummies
\edef\temp{%
\write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
\temp
}%
\fi
\fi
%
% Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
% writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
% just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
% 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
% two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
% `1', and two named `2'.
\ifpdforxetex
\global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
\fi
}
% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
%
\def\activecatcodes{%
\catcode`\"=\active
\catcode`\$=\active
\catcode`\<=\active
\catcode`\>=\active
\catcode`\\=\active
\catcode`\^=\active
\catcode`\_=\active
\catcode`\|=\active
\catcode`\~=\active
}
% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
\def\readtocfile{%
\setupdatafile
\activecatcodes
\input \tocreadfilename
}
\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
\newcount\savepageno
\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
%
\def\startcontents#1{%
% If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
% start on an odd page, unlike chapters.
\contentsalignmacro
\immediate\closeout\tocfile
%
% Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
% It is abundantly clear what they are.
\chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
%
\savepageno = \pageno
\begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
\raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
\entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
%
% Roman numerals for page numbers.
\ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
\def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings
% Record where the Roman numerals started.
\ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi
}
% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
%
\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
% Normal (long) toc.
%
\def\contents{%
\startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
\openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
\ifeof 1 \else
\readtocfile
\fi
\vfill \eject
\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
\ifeof 1 \else
\pdfmakeoutlines
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup
\contentsendroman
}
% And just the chapters.
\def\summarycontents{%
\startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
%
\let\partentry = \shortpartentry
\let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
\let\appentry = \shortchapentry
\let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
% We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
\secfonts
\let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
\let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
\rm
\hyphenpenalty = 10000
\advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
\let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
\ifeof 1 \else
\readtocfile
\fi
\closein 1
\vfill \eject
\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
\endgroup
\contentsendroman
}
\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again
\def\contentsendroman{%
\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
\global\pageno = \savepageno
%
% If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the
% document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for
% the page numbers.
\ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi
}
% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
%
\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
% This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
% widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
% But use \hss just in case.
% (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
% the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
%
% We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
% with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
% left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
% chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
% there are before deciding ...
\hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
}
% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
% The last argument is the page number.
% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't
% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{%
% Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading.
% This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the
% part heading, before a following chapter heading.
\vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
\penalty-300
\vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}%
}
%
% Parts, in the short toc.
\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
\penalty-300
\vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
\shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
}
% Chapters, in the main contents.
\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
% Chapters, in the short toc.
% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
\tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
}
% Appendices, in the main contents.
% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
%
\def\appendixbox#1{%
% We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
\hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
%
\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
% Unnumbered chapters.
\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
% Sections.
\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
% Subsections.
\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
% And subsubsections.
\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
% Same as \defaultparindent.
\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
% page number.
%
% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
\penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
\begingroup
% Move the page numbers slightly to the right
\advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
\chapentryfonts
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup
\nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
}
\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
\let\tocentry = \entry
% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
\message{environments,}
% @foo ... @end foo.
% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
\envdef\tex{%
\setregularquotes
\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
\catcode `\%=14
\catcode `\+=\other
\catcode `\"=\other
\catcode `\|=\other
\catcode `\<=\other
\catcode `\>=\other
\catcode `\`=\other
\catcode `\'=\other
%
% ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
% other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
\mathactive
%
% Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
\let\b=\ptexb
\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
\let\c=\ptexc
\let\,=\ptexcomma
\let\.=\ptexdot
\let\dots=\ptexdots
\let\equiv=\ptexequiv
\let\!=\ptexexclam
\let\i=\ptexi
\let\indent=\ptexindent
\let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
\let\{=\ptexlbrace
\let\+=\tabalign
\let\}=\ptexrbrace
\let\/=\ptexslash
\let\sp=\ptexsp
\let\*=\ptexstar
%\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
\let\t=\ptext
\expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer
\let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
%
\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
\def\@{@}%
}
% There is no need to define \Etex.
% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
% have any width.
\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
% This space is always present above and below environments.
\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
%
\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
% =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
% \sectionheading, q.v.
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
\endgraf
\ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
\removelastskip
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
% Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
% often leads into it.
\penalty100
\fi
\vskip\envskipamount
\fi
\fi
}}
\def\afterenvbreak{{%
% =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
% \sectionheading, q.v.
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
\endgraf
\ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
\removelastskip
% it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
% or better ...
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
\vskip\envskipamount
\fi
\fi
}}
% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
\let\nonarrowing=\relax
% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
% environment contents.
%
\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
\ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
\hskip\rskip}}
\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
\cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
\hskip\rskip}}
%
\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used
\def\cartouchefontdefs{%
\font\circle=lcircle10\relax
\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
}
\newdimen\circthick
\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
\envdef\cartouche{%
\cartouchefontdefs
\ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
\startsavinginserts
\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
\leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
\cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
\advance\cartinner by-\rskip
\cartouter=\hsize
\advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
% side, and for 6pt waste from
% each corner char, and rule thickness
\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
%
% If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
% \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
% collide with the section heading.
\ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
%
\setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup
\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
\carttop
\hbox\bgroup
\hskip\lskip
\vrule\kern3pt
\vbox\bgroup
\kern3pt
\hsize=\cartinner
\baselineskip=\normbskip
\lineskip=\normlskip
\parskip=\normpskip
\vskip -\parskip
\comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group.
}
\def\Ecartouche{%
\ifhmode\par\fi
\kern3pt
\egroup
\kern3pt\vrule
\hskip\rskip
\egroup
\cartbot
\egroup
\addgroupbox
\checkinserts
}
% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
% inside a group.
\newdimen\nonfillparindent
\def\nonfillstart{%
\aboveenvbreak
\ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
\sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
\let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
\obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
\parskip = 0pt
% Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
% the normal \indent.
\nonfillparindent=\parindent
\parindent = 0pt
\let\indent\nonfillindent
%
\emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
\exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
\else
\let\nonarrowing = \relax
\fi
\let\exdent=\nofillexdent
}
\begingroup
\obeyspaces
% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
% @indent.
\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
\ifx\temp %
\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
\else%
\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
\fi%
}%
\endgroup
\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
% This affects the following displayed environments:
% @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim
%
\def\smallword{small}
\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
\def\setnormaldispenv{%
\ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
% end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
% line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
% we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
% to change the fonts afterward.
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
\smallexamplefonts \rm
\fi
}
\def\setsmalldispenv{%
\ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
\else
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
\smallexamplefonts \rm
\fi
}
% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
\expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
\expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
\expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
}
% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
\makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
\makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
}
%
% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
% @example: same as @lisp.
%
% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
%
\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
\nonfillstart
\tt\setcodequotes
\let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
\parsearg\gobble
}
% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
%
\makedispenvdef{display}{%
\nonfillstart
\gobble
}
% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
%
\makedispenvdef{format}{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\gobble
}
% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
\envdef\flushleft{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\gobble
}
\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
% @flushright.
%
\envdef\flushright{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
\gobble
}
\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
% justification. From plain.tex.
\envdef\raggedright{%
\rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
}
\let\Eraggedright\par
\envdef\raggedleft{%
\parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em
\spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
\hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
% badness reporting.
}
\let\Eraggedleft\par
\envdef\raggedcenter{%
\parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em
\spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
\hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
% badness reporting.
}
\let\Eraggedcenter\par
% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
%
\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
%
\def\quotationstart{%
\indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too.
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
\fi
\parsearg\quotationlabel
}
% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
% doing normal filling.
%
\def\Equotation{%
\par
\ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
% indent a bit.
\leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
\fi
{\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
}
\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
\def\quotationlabel#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
{\bf #1: }%
\fi
}
% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
% has no optional argument.
%
\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
%
\def\indentedblockstart{%
{\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
\parindent=0pt
%
% @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
\exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
\else
\let\nonarrowing = \relax
\fi
}
% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling.
%
\def\Eindentedblock{%
\par
{\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
}
\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock}
% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...}
% If we want to allow any as delimiter,
% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
%
% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
%
% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
% verbatim line.
\def\dospecials{%
\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
\do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
\do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
% Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
% @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
% @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
%\do\`\do\'%
}
%
% [Knuth] p. 380
\def\uncatcodespecials{%
\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
%
% Setup for the @verb command.
%
% Eight spaces for a tab
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
\endgroup
%
\def\setupverb{%
\tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
\def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
\setcodequotes
\tabeightspaces
% Respect line breaks,
% print special symbols as themselves, and
% make each space count
% must do in this order:
\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
}
% Setup for the @verbatim environment
%
% Real tab expansion.
\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
%
% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
% tabs.
\newbox\verbbox
\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
%
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\gdef\tabexpand{%
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
\dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
\divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
\multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
\advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
\wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox
\leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox
}%
}
\endgroup
% start the verbatim environment.
\def\setupverbatim{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
\def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}%
\tabexpand
\setcodequotes
% Respect line breaks,
% print special symbols as themselves, and
% make each space count.
% Must do in this order:
\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
}
% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
%
% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1}
%
% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
\begingroup
\catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
\gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
\endgroup
%
\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
%
%
% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
%
% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
%
% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
%
% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
%
\begingroup
\catcode`\ =\active
\obeylines %
% ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
% of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
% line in the output.
\xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{%
\starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
% We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
% without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
% The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in
% the block.
\endgroup
%
\envdef\verbatim{%
\setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim
}
\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
%
\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
%
\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\setupverbatim
{%
\indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
\wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
\edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 }
\expandafter
}\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup
\afterenvbreak
}%
}
% @copying ... @end copying.
% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
%
% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
% possible is desirable.
%
\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
%
\def\insertcopying{%
\begingroup
\parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
\scanexp\copyingtext
\endgroup
}
\message{defuns,}
% @defun etc.
\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
\newcount\defunpenalty
% Start the processing of @deffn:
\def\startdefun{%
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
\medbreak
\defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
% following @def command, see below.
\else
% If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
% which is there to keep the function description together with its
% header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
% break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
% by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
% commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
% a break between a section heading and a defun.
%
% As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
% with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
% sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
% @def command.
\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
%
% Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
% But do insert the glue.
\medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
\fi
%
\parindent=0in
\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
}
\def\dodefunx#1{%
% First, check whether we are in the right environment:
\checkenv#1%
%
% As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
% It's not a great place, though.
\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
%
% And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
\expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
}
\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
%
\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
\begingroup
% call \deffnheader:
#1#2 \endheader
% common ending:
\interlinepenalty = 10000
\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
\endgraf
\nobreak\vskip -\parskip
\penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
% Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
% rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
\checkparencounts
\endgroup
}
\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
%
\def\makedefun#1{%
\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
\edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
\makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
\temp
}
% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) }
%
% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
%
\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
\envdef#1{%
\startdefun
\doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else
\parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
}%
\def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
\def#3%
}
\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function?
\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line?
% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
%
\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
= \empty
\else\ifx\temp\offword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
= \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
% \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
%
% If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind.
% (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an
% index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in
% behaviour though.)
\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
\def\thirdarg{#3}%
\ifx\thirdarg\empty
\doind{#1}{#2}%
\else
\doind{#1}{#2\space#3}%
\fi
}
% Untyped functions:
% @deffn category name args
\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
% @deffn category class name args
\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
% \defopon {category on}class name args
\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
%
\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
\dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
\defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
}
% Typed functions:
% @deftypefn category type name args
\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
% @deftypeop category class type name args
\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
%
\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
\dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
\doingtypefntrue
\defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
% Typed variables:
% @deftypevr category type var args
\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
% @deftypecv category class type var args
\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
%
\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
\dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
\defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
% Untyped variables:
% @defvr category var args
\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
% @defcv category class var args
\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
% \defcvof {category of}class var args
\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
% Types:
% @deftp category name args
\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
\doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
\defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
}
% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
% #2 is the return type, if any.
% #3 is the function name.
%
% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
%
\def\defname#1#2#3{%
\par
% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
%
% Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
% on a line by itself.
\rettypeownlinefalse
\ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically?
% then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else
\rettypeownlinetrue
\fi
\fi
%
% How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps
% distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
% just below it.
\def\temp{#1}%
\setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
%
% Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at
% least two.
\tempnum = 2
%
% The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
% we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
\dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
%
% If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
\ifrettypeownline
\advance\tempnum by 1
\def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
\else
\def\maybeshapeline{}%
\fi
%
% The continuations:
\dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
%
% The final paragraph shape:
\parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2
%
% Put the category name at the right margin.
\noindent
\hbox to 0pt{%
\hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
% \hsize has to be shortened this way:
\kern\leftskip
% Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
}%
%
% Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
{%
% defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
% . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
% . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
% common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
% tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
% . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
% . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
% one has made identifiers using them :).
\df \tt
\def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
\ifx\temp\empty\else
\tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
\ifrettypeownline
% put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
\hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
\else
\space % type on same line, so just followed by a space
\fi
\fi % no return type
#3% output function name
}%
{\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
%
\boldbrax
% arguments will be output next, if any.
}
% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
%
\def\defunargs#1{%
% use sl by default (not ttsl),
% tt for the names.
\df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
%
% On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
% want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so
% leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter.
% Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen
% and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`.
\def\var##1{{\setregularquotes\ttslanted{##1}}}%
#1%
\sl\hyphenchar\font=45
}
% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
%
\def\activeparens{%
\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
\catcode`\&=\active
}
% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
{
\activeparens
\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
\global\let& = \&
\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
\gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
}
\let\ampchar\&
\newcount\parencount
% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
\newif\ifampseen
\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
\def\parenfont{%
\ifampseen
% At the first level, print parens in roman,
% otherwise use the default font.
\ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
\else
% The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
% the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
\sf
\fi
}
\def\infirstlevel#1{%
\ifampseen
\ifnum\parencount=1
#1%
\fi
\fi
}
\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
\def\opnr{%
\global\advance\parencount by 1
{\parenfont(}%
\infirstlevel \bfafterword
}
\def\clnr{%
{\parenfont)}%
\infirstlevel \sl
\global\advance\parencount by -1
}
\newcount\brackcount
\def\lbrb{%
\global\advance\brackcount by 1
{\bf[}%
}
\def\rbrb{%
{\bf]}%
\global\advance\brackcount by -1
}
\def\checkparencounts{%
\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
\ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
}
% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
\def\badparencount{%
\message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
\global\parencount=0
}
\def\badbrackcount{%
\message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
\global\brackcount=0
}
\message{macros,}
% @macro.
% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
\newwrite\macscribble
\def\scantokens#1{%
\toks0={#1}%
\immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
\immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
\immediate\closeout\macscribble
\input \jobname.tmp
}
\fi
\let\E=\expandafter
% Used at the time of macro expansion.
% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
\def\scanmacro#1{%
\newlinechar`\^^M
% expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading
% newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result.
\def\xeatspaces##1{%
\E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1%
}}%
\def\xempty##1{}%
%
% Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
\scantokens{#1@comment}%
%
% The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
% can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla
% in math mode.
}
% Used for copying and captions
\def\scanexp#1{%
\expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
}
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
\newtoks\macname % Macro name
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
% List of all defined macros in the form
% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
% if there is a need.
\def\macrolist{}
% Add the macro to \macrolist
\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
\toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
\xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
}
% Utility routines.
% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
%
\def\cslet#1#2{%
\expandafter\let
\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname#2\endcsname
}
% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
{\catcode`\@=11
\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
\def\unbrace#1{#1}
\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
}
{\catcode`\^^M=\other%
\gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}%
% Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument
% or for an empty argument
% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
}
% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
%
% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
% confine the change to the current group.
%
% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
%
\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
\catcode`\"=\other
\catcode`\+=\other
\catcode`\<=\other
\catcode`\>=\other
\catcode`\^=\other
\catcode`\_=\other
\catcode`\|=\other
\catcode`\~=\other
\passthroughcharstrue
}
\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
\scanctxt
\catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\\=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
}
\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
\scanctxt
\catcode`\ =\other
\catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\{=\other
\catcode`\}=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
\usembodybackslash
}
% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode
% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
% an argument to another Texinfo command.
\def\macroargctxt{%
\scanctxt
\catcode`\ =\active
\catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
\catcode`\\=\active
}
\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
\scanctxt
\catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\{=\other
\catcode`\}=\other
}
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
% where N is the macro parameter number.
% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
%
{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
@gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
@gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
}
\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
\def\macroxxx#1{%
\getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
\ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
\paramno=0\relax
\else
\expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
\if\paramno>256\relax
\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
\fi
\fi
\fi
\if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
\message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
\else
\expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
\else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
\global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
\global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
\addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
\fi
\begingroup \macrobodyctxt
\ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
\else \expandafter\parsemacbody
\fi}
\parseargdef\unmacro{%
\if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
\global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
\global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
% Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
\begingroup
\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
\let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
\xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
\endgroup
\else
\errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
\fi
}
% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
%
\def\unmacrodo#1{%
\ifx #1\relax
% remove this
\else
\noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
\fi
}
% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to
% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are
% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
%
% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
%
% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
% \parsemmanyargdef.
%
\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
\let\hash\relax
% \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
\let\xeatspaces\relax
\let\xempty\relax
\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
\ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
\paramno0\relax
\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
\fi
}
\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next=\relax
\else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
\advance\paramno by 1
\expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
{\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}%
\edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
\fi\next}
% the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an
% empty macro argument.
% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
%
% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
%
% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro
% body to be transformed.
% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro.
%
{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
\catcode `@=11\relax
%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
% processed again to replace the arguments.
%
% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
%
% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
%
% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next=\relax
\else
\let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
\edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
\expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
% Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
% don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an
% \xdef .
\expandafter\edef\tempa
{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
\advance\paramno by 1\relax
\fi\next}
\let\endargs@\relax
\let\nil@\relax
\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
% macarg.ARGNAME
%
% #1 is the macro name
% #2 is the list of argument names
% #3 is the list of argument values
\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
\def\macargdeflist@{}%
\def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
\def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
\def\macroname{#1}%
\begingroup
\macroargctxt
\def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
\def\@tempa{#3}%
\ifx\@tempa\empty
\setemptyargvalues@
\else
\getargvals@@
\fi
}
\def\getargvals@@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
% Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
\ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
\fi
\let\next\macargexpandinbody@
\else
\ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
% No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg
% macros to empty.
\let\next\setemptyargvalues@
\else
% pop current arg name into \@tempb
\def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
% pop current argument value into \@tempc
\def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
% Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
% First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
\expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
\expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
\edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
\push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
\let\next\getargvals@@
\fi
\fi
\next
}
\def\push@#1#2{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter#1#2}%
}
% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
% in macro \@tempa.
%
\def\macvalstoargs@{%
% To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
% within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
% values into respective token registers.
%
% First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
\begingroup
\paramno0\relax
% Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
% value into a new token list register \toks#N
\expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
% Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
% values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
% are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
\edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
% Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
% which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
% group.
\expandafter
\endgroup
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
}
% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
%
\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
\expandafter
\endgroup
\macargdeflist@
% First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
% is in \@tempa .
\macvalstoargs@
% Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
% with \@tempb .
\expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
% Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
% \egroup .
\ifx\@tempb\gobble
\let\@tempc\relax
\else
\let\@tempc\egroup
\fi
% And now we do the real job:
\edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
\@tempd
}
\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next\relax
\else
\let\next\putargsintokens@
% First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
% alias \@tempb .
\toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
% Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
\expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
\expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
\advance\paramno by 1\relax
\fi
\next
}
% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
%
\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
\let\next\macargexpandinbody@
\else
\expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
\let\next\setemptyargvalues@
\fi
\next
}
\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
\expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
\push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
\def\paramlist{#2}%
}
% #1 is the element target macro
% #2 is the list macro
% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
\def#1{#3}%
\def#2{#4}%
}
\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
\long\def#1{#3}%
\long\def#2{#4}%
}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
% \paramno is the number of parameters
% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
%
\def\defmacro{%
\let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
\ifnum\paramno=1
\def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
% This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't
% use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost
% when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based
% commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly.
\else
\let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion
\fi
\ifcase\paramno
% 0
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup
\noexpand\spaceisspace
\noexpand\endlineisspace
\noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
\egroup
\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
\or % 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup
\noexpand\braceorline
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
\egroup
\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
}%
\else % at most 9
\ifnum\paramno<10\relax
% @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
% @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a
% comma.
% @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
% @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup
\noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
\noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
\noexpand\expandafter
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
\noexpand\passargtomacro
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\xdef
\expandafter\expandafter
\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
\else % 10 or more:
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
}%
\global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
\global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
\fi
\fi}
\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%
{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
@catcode`@_=11 % private names
@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator
% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
% compressed to one.
%
% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use
% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where
% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to
% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
%
% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
%
% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input)
%
% where:
% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
@add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
}
@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
% #2 - PENDING_BS
% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
% #4 used to look ahead
%
% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument;
% otherwise, remove the next token.
@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
@ifx#4\%
@expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish
@else
@expandafter@add_segment
@fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
}
% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
% #2 - PENDING_BS
% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
% #5 looks ahead
%
% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
@add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
}
@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
% #2 - PENDING_BS
% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
% #4 is input stream until next backslash
%
% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a
% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.
% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish,
% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
% added to ARG_RESULT.
@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
@ifx#3@_finish
@call_the_macro#1!%
@else
% append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
@expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
% this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
% we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how
% long #4 is.
}
% #1 - THE_MACRO
% #2 - ARG_RESULT
% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the
% conditional.
@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks
% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context
% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then,
% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
%
\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
\ifx\nchar\bgroup
\macroargctxt
\expandafter\passargtomacro
\else
\macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
\fi \macnamexxx}
% @alias.
% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
%
\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
{%
\expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
\addtomacrolist{#1}%
\xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
}%
\next
}
\message{cross references,}
\newwrite\auxfile
\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
% @inforef is relatively simple.
\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
% @node foo , bar , ...
% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
%
\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
%
% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode}
% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex
% conditional.
% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need
% that here.
\def\omittopnode{%
\ifx\lastnode\wordTop
\expandafter\ignorenode\fi
}
\def\wordTop{Top}
% Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not
% output.
\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}%
\ignorenodebye
}
{\let\bye\relax
\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef}
\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}}
% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer
\let\lastnode=\empty
% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
%
\def\donoderef#1{%
\ifx\lastnode\empty\else
\setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
\global\let\lastnode=\empty
\fi
}
% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
%
\newcount\savesfregister
%
\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
% anchor), which consists of three parts:
% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection,
% or the anchor name.
% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
% empty for anchors.
% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
%
% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
%
\def\setref#1#2{%
\pdfmkdest{#1}%
\iflinks
{%
\requireauxfile
\atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
% match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
\def\value##1{##1}%
\edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
}%
\toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}%
\immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
\immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
\safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
}%
\fi
}
% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
% variable, now it's official.
%
\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
= \empty
\else\ifx\temp\offword
\expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
= \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
%
% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
%
\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
\def\ref{\xrefXX}
\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
%
\newbox\toprefbox
\newbox\printedrefnamebox
\newbox\infofilenamebox
\newbox\printedmanualbox
%
\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
%
% Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
\setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
%
\def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
\setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
%
\def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
\setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
%
% If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
% the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
\ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
% No printed node name was explicitly given.
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
% Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\else
% Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
% the square brackets if we have it.
\ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
% It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\else
\ifhavexrefs
% We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
\def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}%
\else
% Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\fi%
\fi
\fi
\fi
%
% Make link in pdf output.
\ifpdf
% For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
{\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
% etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
% #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
\getfilename{#4}%
%
% This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
% spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
\setpdfdestname{#1}%
%
\ifx\pdfdestname\empty
\def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
\fi
%
\leavevmode
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
\else
goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
\fi
}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}%
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\else
% For XeTeX
{\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
% etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
% #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
\getfilename{#4}%
%
% This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
% spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
\setpdfdestname{#1}%
%
\ifx\pdfdestname\empty
\def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
\fi
%
\leavevmode
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
% With default settings,
% XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
% In this case, the replaced destination names of
% remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement,
% you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
% If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
% this command line option is no longer necessary
% because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
\special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
<< /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
\else
\special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
<< /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
\fi
}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}%
\fi
\fi
{%
% Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
% include an _ in the xref name, etc.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
\def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
\csname XR#1-title\endcsname
}%
%
% Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
% instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by
% \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
\iffloat\Xthisreftitle
% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
\ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
\refx{#1-snt}%
\else
\printedrefname
\fi
%
% If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
% "in MANUALNAME".
\ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
\space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
\fi
\else
% node/anchor (non-float) references.
%
% If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
% empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
% find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
% are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
% this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name
% again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
%
\ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
% Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
%
\crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
%
\else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
% Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
% printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as
% the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
%
\crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
%
\else
% Reference within this manual.
%
% Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref
% will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor.
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}%
\ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
%
% output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
\xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiomitxrefpg\endcsname\relax
% But we always want a comma and a space:
,\space
%
% output the `page 3'.
\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}%
% Add a , if xref followed by a space
\if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
\else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
\else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @*
\else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE
\else\ifx\
\tokenafterxref ,% @NL
\else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\fi
\fi\fi
\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice).
%
% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
%
% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
%
% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
%
\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
\setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
\ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty?
\ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top?
\putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
\fi
\fi
#1%
}
% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
% one that Bob is working on :).
%
\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
% Things referred to by \setref.
%
\def\Ynothing{}
\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
\def\Ynumbered{%
\ifnum\secno=0
\putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
\else \ifnum\subsecno=0
\putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
\else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
\putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
\else
\putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
\fi\fi\fi
}
\def\Yappendix{%
\ifnum\secno=0
\putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
\else \ifnum\subsecno=0
\putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
\else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
\putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
\else
\putwordSection@tie
@char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
\fi\fi\fi
}
% \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
\def\refx#1{%
\requireauxfile
{%
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
\def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
\csname XR#1\endcsname
}%
\ifx\thisrefX\relax
% If not defined, say something at least.
\angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
\iflinks
\ifhavexrefs
{\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
\message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
\else
\ifwarnedxrefs\else
\global\warnedxrefstrue
\message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\else
% It's defined, so just use it.
\thisrefX
\fi
}
% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control
% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence
% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float
% type, we have more work to do.
%
\def\xrdef#1#2{%
{% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
% \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
% like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
\def\value##1{##1}%
\xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
}%
%
\bgroup
\expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}%
\egroup
% We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on
% TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with
% thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does
% when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax.
%
% Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
\expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
% it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
\expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
%
% Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
\expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
\toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
\else
% had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
\toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
\fi
%
% Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
% for later use in \listoffloats.
\expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
{\safexrefname}}%
\fi
}
% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
%
\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
\def\requireauxfile{%
\iflinks
\tryauxfile
% Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
\immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
\fi
\global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once.
}
% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
%
\def\tryauxfile{%
\openin 1 \jobname.aux
\ifeof 1 \else
\readdatafile{aux}%
\global\havexrefstrue
\fi
\closein 1
}
\def\setupdatafile{%
\catcode`\^^@=\other
\catcode`\^^A=\other
\catcode`\^^B=\other
\catcode`\^^C=\other
\catcode`\^^D=\other
\catcode`\^^E=\other
\catcode`\^^F=\other
\catcode`\^^G=\other
\catcode`\^^H=\other
\catcode`\^^K=\other
\catcode`\^^L=\other
\catcode`\^^N=\other
\catcode`\^^P=\other
\catcode`\^^Q=\other
\catcode`\^^R=\other
\catcode`\^^S=\other
\catcode`\^^T=\other
\catcode`\^^U=\other
\catcode`\^^V=\other
\catcode`\^^W=\other
\catcode`\^^X=\other
\catcode`\^^Z=\other
\catcode`\^^[=\other
\catcode`\^^\=\other
\catcode`\^^]=\other
\catcode`\^^^=\other
\catcode`\^^_=\other
\catcode`\^=\other
%
% Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
\catcode`\~=\other
\catcode`\[=\other
\catcode`\]=\other
\catcode`\"=\other
\catcode`\_=\active
\catcode`\|=\active
\catcode`\<=\active
\catcode`\>=\active
\catcode`\$=\other
\catcode`\#=\other
\catcode`\&=\other
\catcode`\%=\other
\catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
%
\catcode`\\=\active
%
% @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
\catcode`\{=1
\catcode`\}=2
\catcode`\@=0
}
\def\readdatafile#1{%
\begingroup
\setupdatafile
\input\jobname.#1
\endgroup}
\message{insertions,}
% including footnotes.
\newcount \footnoteno
% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
\let\footnotestyle=\comment
{\catcode `\@=11
%
% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
\gdef\footnote{%
\global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
\edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
%
% In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
% extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
\let\@sf\empty
\ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
%
% Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
\unskip
\thisfootno\@sf
\dofootnote
}%
% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
%
% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
%
\gdef\dofootnote{%
\insert\footins\bgroup
%
% Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
% more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
\let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
%
% We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
% footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
% So reset some parameters.
\hsize=\txipagewidth
\interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
\splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
\splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
\floatingpenalty\@MM
\leftskip\z@skip
\rightskip\z@skip
\spaceskip\z@skip
\xspaceskip\z@skip
\parindent\defaultparindent
%
\smallfonts \rm
%
% Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
% to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
% hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
% text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
\let\noindent = \relax
%
% Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
% footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
\everypar = {\hang}%
\textindent{\thisfootno}%
%
% Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
% expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
% provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
\footstrut
%
% Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
\futurelet\next\fo@t
}
}%end \catcode `\@=11
\def\errfootnotenest{%
\errhelp=\EMsimple
\errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
}
\def\errfootnoteheading{%
\errhelp=\EMsimple
\errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
}
% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
% would be lost.
% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
%
% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
% out prematurely.
%
\def\startsavinginserts{%
\ifx \insert\ptexinsert
\let\insert\saveinsert
\else
\let\checkinserts\relax
\fi
}
% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
%
\def\saveinsert#1{%
\edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
\afterassignment\next
% swallow the left brace
\let\temp =
}
\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
\def\placesaveins#1{%
\ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
{\box#1}%
}
% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
{
\def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
\gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
}
% initialization:
\def\newsaveins #1{%
\edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
\next
}
\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
\csname newbox\endcsname #1%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
\checksaveins #1}%
}
% initialize:
\let\checkinserts\empty
\newsaveins\footins
\newsaveins\margin
% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
%
% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
% undone and the next image would fail.
\openin 1 = epsf.tex
\ifeof 1 \else
% Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
% doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
\def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
\input epsf.tex
\fi
\closein 1
%
% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.}
%
\def\image#1{%
\ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
\ifwarnednoepsf \else
\errhelp = \noepsfhelp
\errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
\global\warnednoepsftrue
\fi
\else
\imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
\fi
}
%
% Arguments to @image:
% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
\newif\ifimagevmode
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
\normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
\makevalueexpandable
% If the image is by itself, center it.
\ifvmode
\imagevmodetrue
\else \ifx\centersub\centerV
% for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space
\imagevmodetrue
\vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev
\fi\fi
%
\ifimagevmode
\nobreak\medskip
% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
% above and below.
\nobreak\vskip\parskip
\nobreak
\fi
%
% Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
% environment such as @quotation is respected.
% However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
% normal paragraph indentation.
% On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't
% want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and
% eradicate the centering.
\ifx\centersub\centerV \else \imageindent \fi
%
% Output the image.
\ifpdf
% For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
% For epsf.tex
% \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
\else
% For XeTeX
\doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\fi
\fi
%
\ifimagevmode
\medskip % space after a standalone image
\fi
\ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi
\endgroup}
% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
%
\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
%
% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
% be referable.
%
% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
%
% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
% chapter-level command.
\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
%
\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
\let\thiscaption=\empty
\let\thisshortcaption=\empty
%
% don't lose footnotes inside @float.
%
% BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
% insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
%
\startsavinginserts
%
% We can't be used inside a paragraph.
\par
%
\vtop\bgroup
\def\floattype{#1}%
\def\floatlabel{#2}%
\def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
%
\ifx\floattype\empty
\let\safefloattype=\empty
\else
{%
% the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
% but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
\xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
}%
\fi
%
% If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
% We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
% Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
%
\expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
\global\advance\floatno by 1
%
{%
% This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the
% XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
% labels (which have a completely different output format) from
% node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
% lists of floats.
%
\edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
\setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
}%
\fi
%
% start with \parskip glue, I guess.
\vskip\parskip
%
% Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
\restorefirstparagraphindent
}
% we have these possibilities:
% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
% @float & no caption:
%
\def\Efloat{%
\let\floatident = \empty
%
% In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
\ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
%
% If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
\ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
\appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
\fi
% the number.
\appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
\fi
%
% Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
% \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
\let\captionline = \floatident
%
\ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
\ifx\floatident\empty \else
\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
\fi
%
% caption text.
\appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
\fi
%
% If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
% Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
\ifx\captionline\empty \else
\vskip.5\parskip
\captionline
%
% Space below caption.
\vskip\parskip
\fi
%
% If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
% after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
% Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
% \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
% caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
{%
\requireauxfile
\atdummies
%
\ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
\def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
\else
\def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
\fi
\immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
\ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
}%
\fi
\egroup % end of \vtop
%
\checkinserts
}
% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
%
\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
}
% @caption, @shortcaption
%
\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
\def\getfloatno#1{%
\ifx#1\relax
% Haven't seen this figure type before.
\csname newcount\endcsname #1%
%
% Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
\expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
\expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
\fi
\let\floatno#1%
}
% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
% first read the @float command.
%
\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
% distinguish floats from other xref types.
\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
% \currentsection value which we \setref above.
%
\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
%
% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
%
\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\def\iffloattype{#2}%
\ifx\temp\floatmagic
}
% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
%
\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
\def\floattype{#1}% floattype
{%
% the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
% but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
\xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
}%
%
% \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
\expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
\ifhavexrefs
% if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
\message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
\fi
\else
\begingroup
\leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
\let\do=\listoffloatsdo
\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
\endgroup
\fi
}
% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
%
% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
% they won't appear in the aux file).
%
\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
% Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
% pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
% page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
% in pdf output.
\toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
%
% use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
\edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
\writeentry
}}
\message{localization,}
% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language
% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
%
{
\catcode`\_ = \active
\globaldefs=1
\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
\tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
% Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
\let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
\ifeof 1
\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
\else
\globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
\input txi-#1.tex
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup % end raw TeX
}
%
% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
% try txi-de.tex.
%
\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
\ifeof 1
\errhelp = \nolanghelp
\errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
\else
\globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
\input txi-#1.tex
\fi
\closein 1
}
}% end of special _ catcode
%
\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current
directory should work if nowhere else does.}
% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
%
% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
%
% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in
% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the
% accented characters problem.)
%
\catcode`@=11
\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
% do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
\expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
\message{no patterns for #1}%
\else
\global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
\fi
% but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
\global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
\global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
}
% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
%
\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
\txinativeunicodecapablefalse
\txiusebytewiseiotrue
\else
\txinativeunicodecapabletrue
\txiusebytewiseiofalse
\fi
\else
\txinativeunicodecapabletrue
\txiusebytewiseiofalse
\fi
% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
%
\def\setbytewiseio{%
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\else
\XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read
\XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file
% Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
% output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
% The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
% place of non-ASCII characters.
\fi
\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
\else
\directlua{
local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
local function convert_char (char)
return utf8_char(byte(char))
end
local function convert_line (line)
return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
end
callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
local function convert_line_out (line)
local line_out = ""
for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
end
return line_out
end
callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
}
\fi
\txiusebytewiseiotrue
}
% Helpers for encodings.
% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
%
\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
\count255=128
\loop\ifnum\count255<256
\global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
\advance\count255 by 1
\repeat
}
\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
\count255=128
\loop\ifnum\count255<256
\catcode\count255=#1\relax
\advance\count255 by 1
\repeat
}
% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
% according to the specified encoding.
%
\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
%
% Encoding being declared for the document.
\def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
%
% Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
% to compare them with \ifx.
\def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
\def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
\def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
\def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
\def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
%
\ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
\asciichardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\setbytewiseio
\fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\lattwochardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\setbytewiseio
\fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latonechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\setbytewiseio
\fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latninechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
\nativeunicodechardefs
\else
% For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX)
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
% since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level
% (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated
% definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is
% sufficient.
\fi
%
\else
\message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
%
\fi % utfeight
\fi % latnine
\fi % latone
\fi % lattwo
\fi % ascii
%
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\else
\ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
\else
\ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
\else
\message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
}
% emacs-page
% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
% the default font encoding (OT1).
%
\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
% macros containing the character definitions.
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
%
\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
\gdef#1{%
\ifpassthroughchars
\string#1%
\else
#2%
\fi
}}
% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
\def\latonechardefs{%
\gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
\gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
\gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
\gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
\gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
\gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
\gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
\gdefchar^^a7{\S}
\gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
\gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
\gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
\gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
\gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
\gdefchar^^ad{\-}
\gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
\gdefchar^^af{\={}}
%
\gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
\gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
\gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
\gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
\gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
\gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
\gdefchar^^b6{\P}
\gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
\gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
\gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
\gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
\gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
\gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
\gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
\gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
\gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
%
\gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
\gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
\gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
\gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
\gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
\gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
\gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
\gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
\gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
\gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
\gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
\gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
\gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
\gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
\gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
\gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
%
\gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
\gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
\gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
\gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
\gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
\gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
\gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
\gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
\gdefchar^^d8{\O}
\gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
\gdefchar^^da{\'U}
\gdefchar^^db{\^U}
\gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
\gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
\gdefchar^^de{\TH}
\gdefchar^^df{\ss}
%
\gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
\gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
\gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
\gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
\gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
\gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
\gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
\gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
\gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
\gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
\gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
\gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
\gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
\gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
\gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
\gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
%
\gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
\gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
\gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
\gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
\gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
\gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
\gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
\gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
\gdefchar^^f8{\o}
\gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
\gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
\gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
\gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
\gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
\gdefchar^^fe{\th}
\gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
}
% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
\def\latninechardefs{%
% Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
\latonechardefs
%
\gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
\gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
\gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
\gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
\gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
\gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
\gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
\gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
}
% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
\def\lattwochardefs{%
\gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
\gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
\gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
\gdefchar^^a3{\L}
\gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
\gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
\gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
\gdefchar^^a7{\S}
\gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
\gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
\gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
\gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
\gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
\gdefchar^^ad{\-}
\gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
\gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
%
\gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}}
\gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
\gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
\gdefchar^^b3{\l}
\gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
\gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
\gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
\gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
\gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
\gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
\gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
\gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
\gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
\gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
\gdefchar^^be{\v z}
\gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
%
\gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
\gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
\gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
\gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
\gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
\gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
\gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
\gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
\gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
\gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
\gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
\gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
\gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
\gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
\gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
\gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
%
\gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
\gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
\gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
\gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
\gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
\gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
\gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
\gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
\gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
\gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
\gdefchar^^da{\'U}
\gdefchar^^db{\H U}
\gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
\gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
\gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
\gdefchar^^df{\ss}
%
\gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
\gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
\gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
\gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
\gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
\gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
\gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
\gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
\gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
\gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
\gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
\gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
\gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
\gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
\gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
\gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
%
\gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
\gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
\gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
\gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
\gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
\gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
\gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
\gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
\gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
\gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
\gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
\gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
\gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
\gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
\gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
\gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
}
% UTF-8 character definitions.
%
% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by
% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
%
\newcount\countUTFx
\newcount\countUTFy
\newcount\countUTFz
\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
%
\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
%
\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
\ifx #1\relax
\message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
\else
\expandafter #1%
\fi
}
% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
\begingroup
\catcode`\~13
\catcode`\$12
\catcode`\"12
% Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
% substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
\def\UTFviiiLoop{%
\global\catcode\countUTFx\active
\uccode`\~\countUTFx
\uccode`\$\countUTFx
\uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
\advance\countUTFx by 1
\ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
\expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
\fi}
% For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to
% be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
\countUTFx = "80
\countUTFy = "C2
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
\gdef~{%
\ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "C2
\countUTFy = "E0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
\gdef~{%
\ifpassthroughchars $%
\else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "E0
\countUTFy = "F0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
\gdef~{%
\ifpassthroughchars $%
\else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "F0
\countUTFy = "F4
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
\gdef~{%
\ifpassthroughchars $%
\else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\endgroup
\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
\def\U#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
% All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
% active. However, if the font does not have the glyph,
% letters are missing.
\begingroup
\uccode`\.="#1\relax
\uppercase{.}
\endgroup
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
\fi
\else
\csname uni:#1\endcsname
\fi
}
% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
% sequence to be defined.
\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
% this gets used by the @U command
%
\begingroup
\catcode`\"=12
\catcode`\<=12
\catcode`\.=12
\catcode`\,=12
\catcode`\;=12
\catcode`\!=12
\catcode`\~=13
\gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
\countUTFz = "#1\relax
\begingroup
\parseXMLCharref
% Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's
% expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
%
% 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
% 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
% 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token)
%
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
%
\expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
\message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
\fi
%
% define an additional control sequence for this code point.
\expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
\endgroup}
%
% Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
% to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
\gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
\ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
\parseUTFviiiA,%
\parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
\parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
\else
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
\parseUTFviiiA!%
\parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
% Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
% It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
% Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
% of the bytes.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
\countUTFx = \countUTFz
\divide\countUTFz by 64
\countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
\multiply\countUTFz by 64
% \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract
% in order to get the last five bits.
\advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
% Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
\advance\countUTFx by 128
\uccode `#1\countUTFx
\countUTFz = \countUTFy}
% Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
% #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
% sequence.
% #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
% #3 is always a full stop (.)
% #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these
% bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
\advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
\uccode `#3\countUTFz
\uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
\endgroup
% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
%
\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
\catcode"#1=\other
}
% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
%
% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts
% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without
% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at
% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
%
\def\unicodechardefs{%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
%
% Greek letters upper case
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
%\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
%
% Vowels with accents
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
%
% Standalone accent
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
%
% Greek letters lower case
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
%
% More Greek vowels with accents
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
%
% Variant Greek letters
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
%
% Punctuation
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
%
% Mathematical symbols
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
%
\global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
}% end of \unicodechardefs
% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
\def\utfeightchardefs{%
\let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
\unicodechardefs
}
% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to
% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
% printing the correct glyphs.
\newif\ifpassthroughchars
\passthroughcharsfalse
% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
%
\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
\catcode"#1=\active
\def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
\begingroup
\uccode`\~="##2\relax
\uppercase{\gdef~}{%
\ifpassthroughchars
##1%
\else
##3%
\fi
}
\endgroup
}
\begingroup
\uccode`\.="#1\relax
\uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
\expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
\endgroup
}
% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
\let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
\unicodechardefs
}
% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
% make the character token expand
% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
\def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
\expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
}
% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
\let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
\unicodechardefs
}
% US-ASCII character definitions.
\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
\relax
}
% Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default
% input encoding and allows @U to work.
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\nativeunicodechardefsatu
\else
\utfeightchardefs
\fi
\message{formatting,}
\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
\vbadness = 10000
% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
\hbadness = 6666
% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
\widowpenalty=10000
\clubpenalty=10000
% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
%
\def\setemergencystretch{%
\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
% Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
\def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
\else
\emergencystretch = .15\hsize
\fi
}
% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
%
% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
%
\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
\voffset = #3\relax
\topskip = #6\relax
\splittopskip = \topskip
%
\vsize = #1\relax
\advance\vsize by \topskip
\outervsize = \vsize
\advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
\txipageheight = \vsize
%
\hsize = #2\relax
\outerhsize = \hsize
\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
\txipagewidth = \hsize
%
\normaloffset = #4\relax
\bindingoffset = #5\relax
%
\ifpdf
\pdfpageheight #7\relax
\pdfpagewidth #8\relax
% if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
% whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
\pdfhorigin = 1 true in
\pdfvorigin = 1 true in
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\special{papersize=#8,#7}%
\else
\pdfpageheight #7\relax
\pdfpagewidth #8\relax
% XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
\fi
\fi
%
\setleading{\textleading}
%
\parindent = \defaultparindent
\setemergencystretch
}
% @letterpaper (the default).
\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
\textleading = 13.2pt
%
% If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
\internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
{\voffset}{.25in}%
{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
{11in}{8.5in}%
}}
% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
\textleading = 12pt
%
\internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
{-.2in}{0in}%
{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
{9.25in}{7in}%
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
\tolerance = 700
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = .5cm
}}
% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
\textleading = 12pt
%
\internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
{-.2in}{-.4in}%
{0pt}{14pt}%
{9in}{6in}%
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.25in
\tolerance = 700
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = .4cm
}}
% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
\textleading = 13.2pt
%
% Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
% prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
% To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
% \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
% do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
% your texinfo source file like this:
% @tex
% \global\normaloffset = -6mm
% \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
% @end tex
\internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
{\voffset}{\hoffset}%
{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
{297mm}{210mm}%
%
\tolerance = 700
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = 5mm
}}
% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
\textleading = 12.5pt
%
\internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
{\voffset}{\hoffset}%
{\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
{210mm}{148mm}%
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.2in
\tolerance = 800
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = 2mm
\tableindent = 12mm
}}
% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
\afourpaper
\internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
{\voffset}{4.6mm}%
{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
{297mm}{210mm}%
%
% Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
\globaldefs = 0
}}
% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
\afourpaper
\internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
{\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
{297mm}{210mm}%
\globaldefs = 0
}}
\def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
\afourpaper
\internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}%
{-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}%
{\bindingoffset}{14pt}%
{176mm}{125mm}%
\let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword
\lispnarrowing = 0.2in
\globaldefs = 0
}}
% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
%
\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
\globaldefs = 1
%
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
\setleading{\textleading}%
%
\dimen0 = #1\relax
\advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line
% and 1.5in to include heading, footing and
% bottom margin
%
\dimen2 = \hsize
\advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side
%
\internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
{\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
{\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
}}
% Set default to letter.
%
\letterpaper
% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes.
\hfuzz = 1pt
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
\catcode`\^^? = 14
% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
%
% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
%
\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
% this is not a problem.
\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
%
\catcode`\"=\active
\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
\let"=\activedoublequote
\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
\chardef\hatchar=`\^
\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
\catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
\let\realunder=_
\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
\chardef \less=`\<
\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
\chardef \gtr=`\>
\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
\def\texinfochars{%
\let< = \activeless
\let> = \activegtr
\let~ = \activetilde
\let^ = \activehat
\setregularquotes
\let\b = \strong
\let\i = \smartitalic
% in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
}
% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
% parsing them.
\def\turnoffactive{%
\normalturnoffactive
\otherbackslash
}
\catcode`\@=0
% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
% as in \char`\\.
\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
% in fixed width font.
\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use
% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
% catcode other.
@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
% the literal character `\'.
%
{@catcode`- = @active
@gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
@passthroughcharstrue
@let-=@normaldash
@let"=@normaldoublequote
@let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
@let+=@normalplus
@let<=@normalless
@let>=@normalgreater
@let^=@normalcaret
@let_=@normalunderscore
@let|=@normalverticalbar
@let~=@normaltilde
@let\=@ttbackslash
@setregularquotes
@unsepspaces
}
}
% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on.
@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other
% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo'
%
% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
% a backslash.
% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after
% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error.
% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex.
% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden.
{
@catcode`@^=7
@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{%
@global@let\ = @eatinput%
@catcode`@^^M=13%
@def@c{@fixbackslash@c}%
% Definition for the newline at the end of this file.
@def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}%
% Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file.
@gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}%
% In case the first line has a whole-line command on it
@let@originalparsearg@parsearg
@def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg}
}}
{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}}
% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
% appears by mistake.
{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13%
@gdef@enableemergencynewline{%
@gdef^^M{%
@par%
%@par%
}}}
@gdef@fixbackslash{%
@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi
@catcode13=5 % regular end of line
@enableemergencynewline
@let@c=@comment
@let@parsearg@originalparsearg
% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
@catcode`+=@active
@catcode`@_=@active
%
% If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
% Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets
% called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf
% directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format
% file for Texinfo.
%
@openin 1 texinfo.cnf
@ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi
@closein 1
}
% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
@escapechar = `@@
% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need
% active definitions as the normal characters.
@def@normaldot{.}
@def@normalquest{?}
@def@normalslash{/}
% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
@let @hashchar = @normalhash
@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we
@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
@catcode`@'=@active
@catcode`@`=@active
@setregularquotes
@c Local variables:
@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page"
@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
@c End:
@c vim:sw=2:
@enablebackslashhack
libmikmod-3.3.12/autotools/config.guess0000755000000000000000000014306714701676710016642 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
# Copyright 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268 # see below for rationale
timestamp='2024-07-27'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, see .
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
#
# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston.
#
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.guess
#
# Please send patches to .
# The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints
# about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were
# superseded or lifted in POSIX. However, this script identifies a wide
# variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and
# even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still
# have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh.
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]
Output the configuration name of the system '$me' is run on.
Options:
-h, --help print this help, then exit
-t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
-v, --version print version number, then exit
Report bugs and patches to ."
version="\
GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
Originally written by Per Bothner.
Copyright 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
help="
Try '$me --help' for more information."
# Parse command line
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case $1 in
--time-stamp | --time* | -t )
echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
--version | -v )
echo "$version" ; exit ;;
--help | --h* | -h )
echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-- ) # Stop option processing
shift; break ;;
- ) # Use stdin as input.
break ;;
-* )
echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
exit 1 ;;
* )
break ;;
esac
done
if test $# != 0; then
echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
exit 1
fi
# Just in case it came from the environment.
GUESS=
# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
# Historically, 'CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named 'HOST_CC'. We still
# use 'HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
tmp=
# shellcheck disable=SC2172
trap 'test -z "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"' 0 1 2 13 15
set_cc_for_build() {
# prevent multiple calls if $tmp is already set
test "$tmp" && return 0
: "${TMPDIR=/tmp}"
# shellcheck disable=SC2039,SC3028
{ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
{ test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) ; } ||
{ tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
{ echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; }
dummy=$tmp/dummy
case ${CC_FOR_BUILD-},${HOST_CC-},${CC-} in
,,) echo "int x;" > "$dummy.c"
for driver in cc gcc c17 c99 c89 ; do
if ($driver -c -o "$dummy.o" "$dummy.c") >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
CC_FOR_BUILD=$driver
break
fi
done
if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found
fi
;;
,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
esac
}
# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
if test -f /.attbin/uname ; then
PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
fi
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
case $UNAME_SYSTEM in
Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
LIBC=unknown
set_cc_for_build
cat <<-EOF > "$dummy.c"
#if defined(__ANDROID__)
LIBC=android
#else
#include
#if defined(__UCLIBC__)
LIBC=uclibc
#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
LIBC=dietlibc
#elif defined(__GLIBC__)
LIBC=gnu
#elif defined(__LLVM_LIBC__)
LIBC=llvm
#else
#include
/* First heuristic to detect musl libc. */
#ifdef __DEFINED_va_list
LIBC=musl
#endif
#endif
#endif
EOF
cc_set_libc=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'`
eval "$cc_set_libc"
# Second heuristic to detect musl libc.
if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ] &&
command -v ldd >/dev/null &&
ldd --version 2>&1 | grep -q ^musl; then
LIBC=musl
fi
# If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
# We could probably try harder.
if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ]; then
LIBC=gnu
fi
;;
esac
# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM:$UNAME_RELEASE:$UNAME_VERSION in
*:NetBSD:*:*)
# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
# more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
# object file format. This provides both forward
# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
# object file format.
#
# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
# portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \
/sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \
/usr/sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \
echo unknown)`
case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in
aarch64eb) machine=aarch64_be-unknown ;;
armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
earmv*)
arch=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'`
endian=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'`
machine=${arch}${endian}-unknown
;;
*) machine=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown ;;
esac
# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
# to ELF recently (or will in the future) and ABI.
case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in
earm*)
os=netbsdelf
;;
arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
set_cc_for_build
if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ELF__
then
# Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
# Return netbsd for either. FIX?
os=netbsd
else
os=netbsdelf
fi
;;
*)
os=netbsd
;;
esac
# Determine ABI tags.
case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in
earm*)
expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//'
abi=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e "$expr"`
;;
esac
# The OS release
# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
case $UNAME_VERSION in
Debian*)
release='-gnu'
;;
*)
release=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2`
;;
esac
# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
GUESS=$machine-${os}${release}${abi-}
;;
*:Bitrig:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-bitrig$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:OpenBSD:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-openbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:SecBSD:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/SecBSD.//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-secbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:LibertyBSD:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/^.*BSD\.//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-libertybsd$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:MidnightBSD:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-midnightbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:ekkoBSD:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-ekkobsd$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:SolidBSD:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-solidbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:OS108:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-os108_$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:MirBSD:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:Sortix:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sortix
;;
*:Twizzler:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-twizzler
;;
*:Redox:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-redox
;;
mips:OSF1:*.*)
GUESS=mips-dec-osf1
;;
alpha:OSF1:*:*)
# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
trap '' 0
case $UNAME_RELEASE in
*4.0)
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
;;
*5.*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
;;
esac
# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
# covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
case $ALPHA_CPU_TYPE in
"EV4 (21064)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
"EV4.5 (21064)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
"LCA4 (21066/21068)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
"EV5 (21164)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
"EV5.6 (21164A)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
"EV5.6 (21164PC)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
"EV5.7 (21164PC)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca57 ;;
"EV6 (21264)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
"EV6.7 (21264A)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
"EV6.8CB (21264C)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
"EV6.8AL (21264B)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
"EV6.8CX (21264D)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
"EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev69 ;;
"EV7 (21364)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev7 ;;
"EV7.9 (21364A)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev79 ;;
esac
# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
# A Vn.n version is a released version.
# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
OSF_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-osf$OSF_REL
;;
Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
GUESS=m68k-unknown-sysv4
;;
*:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-amigaos
;;
*:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-morphos
;;
*:OS/390:*:*)
GUESS=i370-ibm-openedition
;;
*:z/VM:*:*)
GUESS=s390-ibm-zvmoe
;;
*:OS400:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc-ibm-os400
;;
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
GUESS=arm-acorn-riscix$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
GUESS=arm-unknown-riscos
;;
SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
GUESS=hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
;;
Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
case `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` in
att) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 ;;
*) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-bsd ;;
esac
;;
NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-svr4
;;
DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
GUESS=sparc-icl-nx6
;;
DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
sparc) GUESS=sparc-icl-nx7 ;;
esac
;;
s390x:SunOS:*:*)
SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-solaris2$SUN_REL
;;
sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
GUESS=sparc-hal-solaris2$SUN_REL
;;
sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris2$SUN_REL
;;
i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
GUESS=i386-pc-auroraux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
set_cc_for_build
SUN_ARCH=i386
# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
# This test works for both compilers.
if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -m64 -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
SUN_ARCH=x86_64
fi
fi
SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
GUESS=$SUN_ARCH-pc-solaris2$SUN_REL
;;
sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
# SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris3$SUN_REL
;;
sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
case `/usr/bin/arch -k` in
Series*|S4*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
;;
esac
# Japanese Language versions have a version number like '4.1.3-JL'.
SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/'`
GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$SUN_REL
;;
sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
test "x$UNAME_RELEASE" = x && UNAME_RELEASE=3
case `/bin/arch` in
sun3)
GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
sun4)
GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
esac
;;
aushp:SunOS:*:*)
GUESS=sparc-auspex-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
# The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
# can be virtually everything (everything which is not
# "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
# > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
# to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
# the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
# MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
# be no problem.
atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-milan-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-hades-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-unknown-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
m68k:machten:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
powerpc:machten:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
RISC*:Mach:*:*)
GUESS=mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
;;
RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
GUESS=mips-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
GUESS=vax-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
GUESS=clipper-intergraph-clix$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include /* for printf() prototype */
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
#else
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
#endif
#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
exit (-1);
}
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" &&
dummyarg=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy" "$dummyarg"` &&
{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
GUESS=mips-mips-riscos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc-motorola-powermax
;;
Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax
;;
Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax
;;
Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc-harris-powerunix
;;
m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
GUESS=m88k-harris-cxux7
;;
m88k:*:4*:R4*)
GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv4
;;
m88k:*:3*:R3*)
GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3
;;
AViiON:dgux:*:*)
# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88100 || test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88110
then
if test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = m88kdguxelfx || \
test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = x
then
GUESS=m88k-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE
else
GUESS=m88k-dg-dguxbcs$UNAME_RELEASE
fi
else
GUESS=i586-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE
fi
;;
M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
GUESS=m88k-dolphin-sysv3
;;
M88*:*:R3*:*)
# Delta 88k system running SVR3
GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3
;;
XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
GUESS=m88k-tektronix-sysv3
;;
Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
GUESS=m68k-tektronix-bsd
;;
*:IRIX*:*:*)
IRIX_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
GUESS=mips-sgi-irix$IRIX_REL
;;
????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
GUESS=romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
i*86:AIX:*:*)
GUESS=i386-ibm-aix
;;
ia64:AIX:*:*)
if test -x /usr/bin/oslevel ; then
IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
else
IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE
fi
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-aix$IBM_REV
;;
*:AIX:2:3)
if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#include
int
main ()
{
if (!__power_pc())
exit(1);
puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
exit(0);
}
EOF
if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"`
then
GUESS=$SYSTEM_NAME
else
GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
fi
elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
else
GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
fi
;;
*:AIX:*:[4567])
IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El "$IBM_CPU_ID" | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
IBM_ARCH=rs6000
else
IBM_ARCH=powerpc
fi
if test -x /usr/bin/lslpp ; then
IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc | \
awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/`
else
IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE
fi
GUESS=$IBM_ARCH-ibm-aix$IBM_REV
;;
*:AIX:*:*)
GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix
;;
ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:4.4BSD:*)
GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd4.4
;;
ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd$UNAME_RELEASE # 4.3 with uname added to
;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
*:BOSX:*:*)
GUESS=rs6000-bull-bosx
;;
DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-bull-sysv3
;;
9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd
;;
hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd4.4
;;
9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
case $UNAME_MACHINE in
9000/31?) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
9000/[34]??) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
if test -x /usr/bin/getconf; then
sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
case $sc_cpu_version in
523) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
528) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
case $sc_kernel_bits in
32) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0n ;;
64) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w ;;
'') HP_ARCH=hppa2.0 ;; # HP-UX 10.20
esac ;;
esac
fi
if test "$HP_ARCH" = ""; then
set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#define _HPUX_SOURCE
#include
#include
int
main ()
{
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
#endif
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
switch (bits)
{
case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
} break;
#else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
#endif
default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
}
exit (0);
}
EOF
(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`"$dummy"`
test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
fi ;;
esac
if test "$HP_ARCH" = hppa2.0w
then
set_cc_for_build
# hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
# 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
# generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
#
# $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
# => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
# $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
# => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
grep -q __LP64__
then
HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w
else
HP_ARCH=hppa64
fi
fi
GUESS=$HP_ARCH-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV
;;
ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
GUESS=ia64-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV
;;
3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#include
int
main ()
{
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
/* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
results, however. */
if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
{
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
}
}
else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
exit (0);
}
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` &&
{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
GUESS=unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
;;
9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:*)
GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-bsd
;;
9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-bsd
;;
*9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
;;
hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:*)
GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-osf
;;
hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-osf
;;
i*86:OSF1:*:*)
if test -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ; then
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1mk
else
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1
fi
;;
parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-lites
;;
C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
GUESS=c1-convex-bsd
;;
C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
then echo c32-convex-bsd
else echo c2-convex-bsd
fi
exit ;;
C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
GUESS=c34-convex-bsd
;;
C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
GUESS=c38-convex-bsd
;;
C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
GUESS=c4-convex-bsd
;;
CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
GUESS=ymp-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL
;;
CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" \
| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
-e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
-e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
GUESS=t90-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL
;;
CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
GUESS=alphaev5-cray-unicosmk$CRAY_REL
;;
CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
GUESS=sv1-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL
;;
*:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
GUESS=craynv-cray-unicosmp$CRAY_REL
;;
F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
GUESS=${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}
;;
5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
GUESS=sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}
;;
i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
GUESS=sparc-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:BSD/OS:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
arm:FreeBSD:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
set_cc_for_build
if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
then
FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabi
else
FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabihf
fi
;;
*:FreeBSD:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
amd64)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
i386)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=i586 ;;
esac
FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL
;;
i*:CYGWIN*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-cygwin
;;
*:MINGW64*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw64
;;
*:MINGW*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw32
;;
*:MSYS*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msys
;;
i*:PW*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-pw32
;;
*:SerenityOS:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-serenity
;;
*:Interix*:*)
case $UNAME_MACHINE in
x86)
GUESS=i586-pc-interix$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
GUESS=x86_64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
IA64)
GUESS=ia64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
esac ;;
i*:UWIN*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-uwin
;;
amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
GUESS=x86_64-pc-cygwin
;;
prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-solaris2$SUN_REL
;;
*:GNU:*:*)
# the GNU system
GNU_ARCH=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE" | sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`
GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
GUESS=$GNU_ARCH-unknown-$LIBC$GNU_REL
;;
*:GNU/*:*:*)
# other systems with GNU libc and userland
GNU_SYS=`echo "$UNAME_SYSTEM" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr "[:upper:]" "[:lower:]"`
GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-$GNU_SYS$GNU_REL-$LIBC
;;
x86_64:[Mm]anagarm:*:*|i?86:[Mm]anagarm:*:*)
GUESS="$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-managarm-mlibc"
;;
*:[Mm]anagarm:*:*)
GUESS="$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-managarm-mlibc"
;;
*:Minix:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-minix
;;
aarch64:Linux:*:*)
set_cc_for_build
CPU=$UNAME_MACHINE
LIBCABI=$LIBC
if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
ABI=64
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#ifdef __ARM_EABI__
#ifdef __ARM_PCS_VFP
ABI=eabihf
#else
ABI=eabi
#endif
#endif
EOF
cc_set_abi=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^ABI' | sed 's, ,,g'`
eval "$cc_set_abi"
case $ABI in
eabi | eabihf) CPU=armv8l; LIBCABI=$LIBC$ABI ;;
esac
fi
GUESS=$CPU-unknown-linux-$LIBCABI
;;
aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
alpha:Linux:*:*)
case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null` in
EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC=gnulibc1 ; fi
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:* | arc32:Linux:*:* | arc64:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
arm*:Linux:*:*)
set_cc_for_build
if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_EABI__
then
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
else
if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
then
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi
else
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf
fi
fi
;;
avr32*:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
cris:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC
;;
crisv32:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC
;;
e2k:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
frv:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
hexagon:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
i*86:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-linux-$LIBC
;;
ia64:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
k1om:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
kvx:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
kvx:cos:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-cos
;;
kvx:mbr:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-mbr
;;
loongarch32:Linux:*:* | loongarch64:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
m32r*:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
m68*:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
set_cc_for_build
IS_GLIBC=0
test x"${LIBC}" = xgnu && IS_GLIBC=1
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#undef CPU
#undef mips
#undef mipsel
#undef mips64
#undef mips64el
#if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABI64)
LIBCABI=gnuabi64
#else
#if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABIN32)
LIBCABI=gnuabin32
#else
LIBCABI=${LIBC}
#endif
#endif
#if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6
CPU=mipsisa64r6
#else
#if ${IS_GLIBC} && !defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6
CPU=mipsisa32r6
#else
#if defined(__mips64)
CPU=mips64
#else
CPU=mips
#endif
#endif
#endif
#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
MIPS_ENDIAN=el
#else
#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
MIPS_ENDIAN=
#else
MIPS_ENDIAN=
#endif
#endif
EOF
cc_set_vars=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU\|^MIPS_ENDIAN\|^LIBCABI'`
eval "$cc_set_vars"
test "x$CPU" != x && { echo "$CPU${MIPS_ENDIAN}-unknown-linux-$LIBCABI"; exit; }
;;
mips64el:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
openrisc*:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=or1k-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
padre:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=sparc-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=hppa64-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
# Look for CPU level
case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
PA7*) GUESS=hppa1.1-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;;
PA8*) GUESS=hppa2.0-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;;
*) GUESS=hppa-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;;
esac
;;
ppc64:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc64-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
ppc:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
ppc64le:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc64le-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
ppcle:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
riscv32:Linux:*:* | riscv32be:Linux:*:* | riscv64:Linux:*:* | riscv64be:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-linux-$LIBC
;;
sh64*:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
sh*:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
tile*:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
vax:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-linux-$LIBC
;;
x86_64:Linux:*:*)
set_cc_for_build
CPU=$UNAME_MACHINE
LIBCABI=$LIBC
if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
ABI=64
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#ifdef __i386__
ABI=x86
#else
#ifdef __ILP32__
ABI=x32
#endif
#endif
EOF
cc_set_abi=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^ABI' | sed 's, ,,g'`
eval "$cc_set_abi"
case $ABI in
x86) CPU=i686 ;;
x32) LIBCABI=${LIBC}x32 ;;
esac
fi
GUESS=$CPU-pc-linux-$LIBCABI
;;
xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
;;
i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
# sysname and nodename.
GUESS=i386-sequent-sysv4
;;
i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
# number series starting with 2...
# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
# I just have to hope. -- rms.
# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv4.2uw$UNAME_VERSION
;;
i*86:OS/2:*:*)
# If we were able to find 'uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
# is probably installed.
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-os2-emx
;;
i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-stop
;;
i*86:atheos:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-atheos
;;
i*86:syllable:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-syllable
;;
i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
GUESS=i386-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
i*86:*DOS:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msdosdjgpp
;;
i*86:*:4.*:*)
UNAME_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-univel-sysv$UNAME_REL
else
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv$UNAME_REL
fi
;;
i*86:*:5:[678]*)
# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
*486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
*Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
*Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
esac
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
;;
i*86:*:3.2:*)
if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
else
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv32
fi
;;
pc:*:*:*)
# Left here for compatibility:
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that
# this is a cross-build.
GUESS=i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
;;
Intel:Mach:3*:*)
GUESS=i386-pc-mach3
;;
paragon:*:*:*)
GUESS=i860-intel-osf1
;;
i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
GUESS=i860-stardent-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
GUESS=i860-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE # Unknown i860-SVR4
fi
;;
mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
# "miniframe"
GUESS=m68010-convergent-sysv
;;
mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
GUESS=m68k-convergent-sysv
;;
M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
GUESS=m68k-diab-dnix
;;
M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
OS_REL=''
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;;
3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
OS_REL='.3'
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;;
m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
GUESS=m68k-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
GUESS=m68k-atari-sysv4
;;
TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
GUESS=sparc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
GUESS=rs6000-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
GUESS=powerpc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
GUESS=mips-dde-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4
;;
RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4
;;
*:SINIX-*:*:*)
if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-sni-sysv4
else
GUESS=ns32k-sni-sysv
fi
;;
PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys 'ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
# says
GUESS=i586-unisys-sysv4
;;
*:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
# From Gerald Hewes .
# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
;;
*:*:*:FTX*)
# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
GUESS=i860-stratus-sysv4
;;
i*86:VOS:*:*)
# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-stratus-vos
;;
*:VOS:*:*)
# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-vos
;;
mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
GUESS=m68k-apple-aux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
GUESS=mips-sony-newsos6
;;
R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
GUESS=mips-nec-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE
else
GUESS=mips-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE
fi
;;
BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
GUESS=powerpc-be-beos
;;
BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
GUESS=powerpc-apple-beos
;;
BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
GUESS=i586-pc-beos
;;
BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
GUESS=i586-pc-haiku
;;
ppc:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Apple PowerPC
GUESS=powerpc-apple-haiku
;;
*:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku modern gcc (not bound by BeOS compat)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-haiku
;;
SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
GUESS=sx4-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
GUESS=sx5-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
GUESS=sx6-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
GUESS=sx7-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
GUESS=sx8-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
GUESS=sx8r-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
SX-ACE:SUPER-UX:*:*)
GUESS=sxace-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
GUESS=powerpc-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:Rhapsody:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
arm64:Darwin:*:*)
GUESS=aarch64-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:Darwin:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
esac
if command -v xcode-select > /dev/null 2> /dev/null && \
! xcode-select --print-path > /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
# Avoid executing cc if there is no toolchain installed as
# cc will be a stub that puts up a graphical alert
# prompting the user to install developer tools.
CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found
else
set_cc_for_build
fi
if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;;
esac
fi
# On 10.4-10.6 one might compile for PowerPC via gcc -arch ppc
if (echo '#ifdef __POWERPC__'; echo IS_PPC; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_PPC >/dev/null
then
UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
fi
elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then
# uname -m returns i386 or x86_64
UNAME_PROCESSOR=$UNAME_MACHINE
fi
GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = x86; then
UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
UNAME_MACHINE=pc
fi
GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-$UNAME_MACHINE-nto-qnx$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:QNX:*:4*)
GUESS=i386-pc-qnx
;;
NEO-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
GUESS=neo-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
GUESS=nse-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
NSR-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
GUESS=nsr-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
NSV-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
GUESS=nsv-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
NSX-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
GUESS=nsx-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:NonStop-UX:*:*)
GUESS=mips-compaq-nonstopux
;;
BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
GUESS=bs2000-siemens-sysv
;;
DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-$UNAME_SYSTEM-$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:Plan9:*:*)
# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
# operating systems.
if test "${cputype-}" = 386; then
UNAME_MACHINE=i386
elif test "x${cputype-}" != x; then
UNAME_MACHINE=$cputype
fi
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-plan9
;;
*:TOPS-10:*:*)
GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops10
;;
*:TENEX:*:*)
GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tenex
;;
KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
GUESS=pdp10-dec-tops20
;;
XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
GUESS=pdp10-xkl-tops20
;;
*:TOPS-20:*:*)
GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops20
;;
*:ITS:*:*)
GUESS=pdp10-unknown-its
;;
SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
GUESS=mips-sei-seiux$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:DragonFly:*:*)
DRAGONFLY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-dragonfly$DRAGONFLY_REL
;;
*:*VMS:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
case $UNAME_MACHINE in
A*) GUESS=alpha-dec-vms ;;
I*) GUESS=ia64-dec-vms ;;
V*) GUESS=vax-dec-vms ;;
esac ;;
*:XENIX:*:SysV)
GUESS=i386-pc-xenix
;;
i*86:skyos:*:*)
SKYOS_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ .*$//'`
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-skyos$SKYOS_REL
;;
i*86:rdos:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-rdos
;;
i*86:Fiwix:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-fiwix
;;
*:AROS:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-aros
;;
x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-esx
;;
amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*)
GUESS=x86_64-unknown-onefs
;;
*:Unleashed:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-unleashed$UNAME_RELEASE
;;
*:Ironclad:*:*)
GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-ironclad
;;
esac
# Do we have a guess based on uname results?
if test "x$GUESS" != x; then
echo "$GUESS"
exit
fi
# No uname command or uname output not recognized.
set_cc_for_build
cat > "$dummy.c" <
#include
#endif
#if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__)
#if defined (vax) || defined (__vax) || defined (__vax__) || defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__)
#include
#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST)
#include
#endif
#endif
#endif
int
main ()
{
#if defined (sony)
#if defined (MIPSEB)
/* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
I don't know.... */
printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#else
#include
printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
#ifdef NEWSOS4
"4"
#else
""
#endif
); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#if defined (NeXT)
#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
#endif
int version;
version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
if (version < 4)
printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
else
printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
#if defined (UMAXV)
printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
#else
#if defined (CMU)
printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
#else
printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#endif
#if defined (__386BSD__)
printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (sequent)
#if defined (i386)
printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (ns32000)
printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
struct utsname un;
uname(&un);
if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
}
if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
}
printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (vax)
#if !defined (ultrix)
#include
#if defined (BSD)
#if BSD == 43
printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
#else
#if BSD == 199006
printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
#else
printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#else
printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#else
#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST)
struct utsname un;
uname (&un);
printf ("vax-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0);
#else
printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#endif
#if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__)
#if defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__)
#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST)
struct utsname *un;
uname (&un);
printf ("mips-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0);
#else
printf ("mips-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#endif
#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
exit (1);
}
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` &&
{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
test -d /usr/apollo && { echo "$ISP-apollo-$SYSTYPE"; exit; }
echo "$0: unable to guess system type" >&2
case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM in
mips:Linux | mips64:Linux)
# If we got here on MIPS GNU/Linux, output extra information.
cat >&2 <&2 <&2 </dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
UNAME_MACHINE = "$UNAME_MACHINE"
UNAME_RELEASE = "$UNAME_RELEASE"
UNAME_SYSTEM = "$UNAME_SYSTEM"
UNAME_VERSION = "$UNAME_VERSION"
EOF
fi
exit 1
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
# time-stamp-end: "'"
# End:
libmikmod-3.3.12/autotools/install-sh0000755000000000000000000003577613753651557016345 0ustar rootroot#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
tab=' '
nl='
'
IFS=" $tab$nl"
# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
# Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755.
# This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020).
mkdir_umask=22
backupsuffix=
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
is_target_a_directory=possibly
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-p pass -p to $cpprog.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-S SUFFIX attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG,
it's up to you to specify -f if you want it.
If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted.
Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org.
Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-S) backupsuffix="$2"
shift;;
-t)
is_target_a_directory=always
dst_arg=$2
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
shift;;
-T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $src in
-* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
# Don't chown directories that already exist.
if test $dstdir_status = 0; then
chowncmd=""
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dstbase=`basename "$src"`
case $dst in
*/) dst=$dst$dstbase;;
*) dst=$dst/$dstbase;;
esac
dstdir_status=0
else
dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
case $dstdir in
*/) dstdirslash=$dstdir;;
*) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;;
esac
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
# The $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g., dash). Use it
# here however when possible just to lower collision chance.
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap '
ret=$?
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
exit $ret
' 0
# Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work
# directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir'
# directory is successfully created first before we actually test
# 'mkdir -p'.
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
$mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test X"$d" = X && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_
rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || {
# Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only,
# which would cause strip to fail.
if test -z "$doit"; then
: >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'.
else
$doit touch "$dsttmp"
fi
}
} &&
$doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed
# already exists, attempt a backup. Don't worry if it fails,
# e.g., if mv doesn't support -f.
if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null
fi
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
libmikmod-3.3.12/autotools/missing0000755000000000000000000001533614072725711015713 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh
# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
case $1 in
--is-lightweight)
# Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
# script is modern enough.
exit 0
;;
--run)
# Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
shift
;;
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
bison yacc flex lex help2man
Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
'g' are ignored when checking the name.
Send bug reports to ."
exit $?
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
exit $?
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
esac
# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
"$@"; st=$?
# If it succeeded, we are done.
test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
# program is present and works.
case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user
# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
# minimum version.
if test $st -eq 63; then
msg="probably too old"
elif test $st -eq 127; then
# Program was missing.
msg="missing on your system"
else
# Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up.
exit $st
fi
perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/
flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex
gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software
program_details ()
{
case $1 in
aclocal|automake)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
esac
}
give_advice ()
{
# Normalize program name to check for.
normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
s/^gnu-//; t
s/^gnu//; t
s/^g//; t'`
printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
case $normalized_program in
autoconf*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
echo "or m4 files included by it."
program_details 'autoconf'
;;
autoheader*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'autoheader'
;;
automake*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'automake'
;;
aclocal*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'aclocal'
;;
autom4te*)
echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
program_details 'autom4te'
;;
bison*|yacc*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
;;
lex*|flex*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
echo "<$flex_URL>"
;;
help2man*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
"of a man page."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
;;
makeinfo*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
echo "want to install GNU make:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
;;
*)
echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it"
echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
;;
esac
}
give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
-e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2
# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
exit $st
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
libmikmod-3.3.12/config.h.cmake0000644000000000000000000001722114362453356014760 0ustar rootroot/* config.h -- Generated CMake. */
/* ========== Features selection */
/* Define if your system supports binary pipes (i.e. Unix) */
#cmakedefine DRV_PIPE 1
/* Define if you want support for output to stdout */
#cmakedefine DRV_STDOUT 1
/* Define if you want an .aiff file writer driver */
#cmakedefine DRV_AIFF 1
/* Define if you want a .wav file writer driver */
#cmakedefine DRV_WAV 1
/* Define if you want a raw pcm data file writer driver */
#cmakedefine DRV_RAW 1
/* Define if the DEC AudioFile server driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_AF 1
/* Define if the Amiga AHI driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_AHI 1
/* Define if the AIX audio driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_AIX 1
/* Define if the Linux ALSA driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_ALSA 1
/* Define if the PulseAudio driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_PULSEAUDIO 1
/* Define if the Enlightened Sound Daemon driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_ESD 1
/* Define if the HP-UX audio driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_HP 1
/* Define if the Network Audio System driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_NAS 1
/* Define if the OpenAL driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_OPENAL 1
/* Define if the OpenSL ES driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_OSLES 1
/* Define if the Open Sound System driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_OSS 1
/* Define if the Linux SAM9407 driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_SAM9407 1
/* Define if the SDL audio driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_SDL 1
/* Define if the SGI audio driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_SGI 1
/* Define if the OpenBSD sndio driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_SNDIO 1
/* Define if the Sun audio driver or compatible (NetBSD, OpenBSD)
is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_SUN 1
/* Define if the Linux Ultra driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_ULTRA 1
/* Define this if you want the MacOS X CoreAudio driver */
#cmakedefine DRV_OSX 1
/* Define this if you want the Carbon Mac Audio driver */
#cmakedefine DRV_MAC 1
/* Define if the Windows DirectSound driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_DS 1
/* Define if the Windows MCI driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_WIN 1
/* Define if the Windows XAudio2 driver is compiled */
#cmakedefine DRV_XAUDIO2 1
/* Define if using XAudio 2.8 for Windows8 with XAudio2 driver */
#cmakedefine DRV_XAUDIO28 1
/* Define if you want a debug version of the library */
#cmakedefine MIKMOD_DEBUG 1
/* Define if you want runtime dynamic linking of ALSA, PulseAudio, or EsounD
drivers */
#cmakedefine MIKMOD_DYNAMIC 1
/* Define if you want to use SIMD (AltiVec or SSE2) optimizations (Unstable!) */
#cmakedefine MIKMOD_SIMD 1
/* Define to 0 or 1 to override MIKMOD_UNIX in mikmod_internals.h. */
#cmakedefine MIKMOD_UNIX 1
/* disable module depackers support. */
#cmakedefine NO_DEPACKERS 1
/* disable the high quality mixer (build only with the standart mixer) */
#cmakedefine NO_HQMIXER 1
/* ========== Build environment information */
/* Define if your system is SunOS 4.* */
#cmakedefine SUNOS 1
/* Define if your system provides POSIX.4 threads */
#cmakedefine HAVE_PTHREAD 1
/* Define if your system needs leading underscore to function names in dlsym()
calls */
#cmakedefine DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 1
/* define this if you are running a bigendian system (motorola, sparc, etc) */
#cmakedefine WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#cmakedefine HAVE_AF_AFLIB_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#cmakedefine HAVE_AL_AL_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#cmakedefine HAVE_AL_ALC_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#cmakedefine HAVE_AL_ALEXT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#cmakedefine HAVE_ALSA_ASOUNDLIB_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the